United States Region 4 EPA 904/9-82-102
Environmental Protection 345 Courtland Street, NE SEPTEMBER 1982
Agency Atlanta, GA 30365
<>EPA Marine Sampling and
Measurement Program Off
Northern Pinellas County
Florida
A Technical Report
Volume II
-------
This report was totally funded by the Environmental
Protection Agency. It has been reviewed for technical
accuracy. However, any conclusive statements about the
suitability of a wastewater outfall into the Gulf of
Mexico are those of the contractor and not necessarily those
of the Agency.
-------
CHAPTER SEVEN
TOTAL AND FECAL COLIFORM
BACTERIA
BY
GARY S. CQMP
DONNA W. FAMIGLIETTI
SUZANNE HOFMANN and
JOSEPH ENRICO
307
-------
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this section of the Marine Sampling Program was
to determine the background densities of fecal and total coliform
bacteria along selected transects offshore of Pinellas County. The
baseline data presented herein will facilitate the evaluation of the potential
effects of a proposed wastewater discharge.
The presence of coliform bacteria in water generally"indicates
that recent fecal contamination has occurred. The sanitary quality
of potable water as well as water used for recreational (e.g., swimming)
or commercial purposes (e.g., shellfishing) is based on the density of
!_,'
5-
coliform bacteria in the water at the time of sampling.
The coliforms include, among others, Salmonella, Shigella,
Escherichia coli and Aerobacter aerogenes. Most are constantly present
in the intestines of warm-blooded animals and some, such as Aerobacter,
are also commonly found in the soil. The coliforms are far more pre-
valent in the intestines than pathogens such as viruses, parasites,
and pathogenic bacteria (including certain strains of the coliforms).
Hence, the pathogens enter the water, via fecal contamination, more
sporadically than the coliforms and once in the water, their survival
time is generally less than that of the enteric bacteria. Coliform
bacteria are ubiquitous in the intestines of warm-blooded animals,
whereas the species and number of pathogens present may be host specific.
The presence of coliform bacteria in water indicates recent fecal
contamination and alludes to possible contamination by pathogens.
308
-------
METHODS
Water samples for coliform analyses were collected during two
periods, May 27-June 1, 1980 and October 27-November 3, 1980 (Table 7.1) along
Transects 1, 3, and 5 at Stations A through E, G, and I (Figure 1.2; Chapter
1). Samples were collected at the one-third and two-third depth locations in
water less than thirty feet deep and at the one-quarter, one-half, and three-
quarter depth locations in water greater than thirty feet deep.
Phase I (May 27 - June 1, 1980)
All samples were collected with diver-operated sterile syringes
through which approximately 40 ml of water were drawn. Upon return to
the surface, all syringes were kept on ice until inoculation.
Fecal -and total coliform densities were determined by using a
*
Millipore Coli-Count Sampler. The sampler consists of a membrane
filter bonded to an absorbent pad that is attached to a plastic tab.
The pad contains dehydrated medium (lactose bile salts with an aniline-
blue indicator) that is hydrated when the tab is immersed in a plastic
container holding 18 ml of the sample liquid - Bacteria contained in
the 1.0 ml subsample are trapped on the filter and the rehydrated medium
serves as a nutrient source for the cells. The sampler is removed
from the case containing the liquid to be tested. After the liquid in
the case has been poured out, the tab containing the filter pad,
medium and bacteria is placed back in the case. One set of
tabs and cases was incubated at 44.5 C (4^ 0.2 C) for 18-24 hours for
fecal coliform determination and another set was incubated
at 35 C for 18-24 hours for total coliform determination. After the
incubation period, all colonies which exhibited the characteristic
blue or blue-green color were counted and the number recorded in a
field log book.
A capped, sterile syringe was carried by a diver to the two-third
or three-quarter depth location at one station along each transect. It
309
-------
Phase I Phase II
TRANSECT 1 5/30/80 11/3/80
TRANSECT 3 6/1/80 10/30/80
TRANSECT 5 5/27/80 10/27/80
Table 7.1 Sampling dates for Phases I and II
*The use of the MLllipore Col i- Count Sampler is not an EPA-approved
procedure. Membrane Filter method was used in Phase II.
310
-------
was transported to the surface and iced along with the regular
samples. Upon return to the base station, the syringe was uncapped
and filled with sterile, buffered water. The contents of the syringe
were emptied into a Coli-Count case and the sampler was inoculated as
described above. This sample served as a negative control for the
other samples.
A positive control was run by diluting a pure culture of IS. coli
in sterile buffered water and inoculating the sampler as described
above. This sample served as a positive control to verify that the
medium and techniques chosen for use in this study were conducive to
the culture of coliform bacteria (particularly ]2. coli).
Duplicate samples (2) were run for each control and for each
fecal and total coliform sample.
The number of bacteria found within each sample are reported as
number per 100 ml based on the following equation:
(number of colonies counted X 100) ,. , . ,.
: = # coliforms/100 ml
sample volume ...
where: sample volume = 1 ml
Where no coliform colonies were found, the results are reported as
<100 coliforms/100 ml. When total coverage of the filter occurred, as in
the case of the positive controls, the results are reported as TNTC
(too numerous to count).
Phase II (October 27 -November 3, 1980)
Samples were collected along Transect 5 on October 27, 1980 using
the technique employed in Phase I sample collection. Four syringes were
filled at each depth (8 when replicate samples were collected).
Samples collected along Transects 1 and 3 were collected in
sterile, 50 ml, plastic conical tubes, since the tubes enabled the sample
311
-------
to be collected and stored more efficiently than those collected with
syringes. Four tubes were taken by a diver (8 if replicate samples
were collected) to the desired depth at each station, uncapped, and
filled with water. Upon return to the surface, all tubes were kept
on ice until inoculation the following morning.
The Membrane Filter Technique (APHA, 1976) was utilized for the
(R)
culture of total and fecal coliform bacteria. Nalge Nutrient Pad Kits
were used in all analyses. The accuracy of the Membrane Filter Technique
is significantly greater than that of the Coli-Count Method when the con-
centration of bacteria in the sample is low. Equation(1) indicates
that a count of <100 coliform bacteria/100 ml of sample occurs if no
colonies develop on a Coli-Count nutrient pad. Whereas, if no colonies
develop from any of the aliquots plated via the Membrane Filter Technique,
the count can be interpreted as 0 coliform bacteria/100 ml of sample
(Equation (2)). The counts obtained from the Membrane Filter Technique
are not absolute, but confidence limits to further define the results
can easily be determined.
Aliquots of 30, 20 and 10 ml from each 160 ml sample collected
along Transect 5 were filtered through a 0.45 pm filter. After filtra-
tion, each filter was placed on a Nutrient pad (in a petri dish) and
incubated. This procedure was repeated twice for each sample, e.g., one
series of 3 aliquots (30, 20, 10 ml) was plated on Endo medium for total
coliform enumeration while the other series was plated on mFC medium for
fecal coliform enumeration. Total coliforms were incubated at 35 C +0.5 C
for 24 hours, while fecal coliforms were placed in airtight plastic bags
and submerged in a constant temperature water bath for 24 hours at
44.5C +0.2 C. Analyses were similar for samples collected at stations
along Transects 1 and 3, except that aliquot volumes of 50, 30, and 20
ml were taken from the 200 ml sample.
After sufficient incubation, each plate was examined under a
fluorescent light and low magnification. All colonies that produced a
312
-------
characteristic metallic sheen on Endo medium were counted as total coli-
forms. All blue colonies that appeared on mFC medium were counted as
fecal coliforms. The number of colonies counted was converted to the
number of coliforms per 100 ml by the following equation:
(sum of the colonies counted from each
„ . „ , . „„„ , aliquot producing at least 1 colony) x 100
coliform colonies/100 ml = H _ ^f :— , ,. ...^ , *
sum of the volumes (ml) filtered from
each aliquot producing at least 1
colony (2)
The analytical scheme used for coliform determination is pre-
sented in Figure 7.1
Control samples were analyzed to test the efficiency of the
methodology. The controls are described below.
1) To test the sterility of the sampling devices, sterile,
buffered water was poured into 4 sampling tubes. Aliquots from each
tube (50, 30 and 20 mis) were filtered, plated on Endo and mFC media
and incubated as described previously.
2) To test the accuracy of the Nutrient Pad Kits, a small
amount of a pure culture of E_. coli (obtained from the Hillsborough
County Health Department) was placed in buffered water and dispensed
into 4 sampling tubes. Each tube was shaken. Aliquots from each tube
(50, 30, and 20 mis) were filtered, plated on Endo and mFC media and
incubated as described previously.
3) To test the effects, if any, of icing the samples, a sample
of the pure culture of E_. coli was placed in sterile seawater and dis-
pensed into 8 sample tubes. Aliquots from 4 of the tubes were immediately
filtered, plated on Endo and mFC media and incubated as described pre-
viously. The other 4 tubes were placed on ice for 19 hours before
aliquots from each were filtered and plated on Endo and mFC media.
313
-------
Figure 7.1. Flow diagram of routine coliform analyses.
Filter
50 ml.
u>
H
Plate on
ENDO
media
2 Tubes
Total Coliform
Filter
30 ml.
Plate on
ENDO
media
Incubate at
35°C
for 24 hrs.
Count
Colonies
Filter
20 ml.
1 Sample
(4 Tubes, 50 ml each)
Plate on
ENDO
media
2 Tubes
Fecal Coliform
Filter
50 ml.
Plate on
rtFC
media
Filter
30 ml.
Plate on
mFC
media
Incubate at
44.5°C
for 24 hrs.
Count
Colonies
Filter
20 ml.
Plate on
mFC
media
-------
RESULTS
The results of Phase I of the study are embodied in Appendix 7.1.
Total coverage or coverage by colonies too numerous to count
occurred on all positive control samples. Conversely, no coliform
colonies developed on any of the negative controls.
The majority of samples (97.6% of the total coliform samples
and 100% of the fecal coliform samples) exhibited no growth of coliforms.
According to equation (1) this can be interpreted as a coliform density
of <100 per 100 ml. Coliform bacteria were present at Station IB at a
depth of 12 feet and at Station II at a depth of 40 feet on May 30, 1980.
The total coliform counts at each of these sites were 200 coliforms per
100 ml of water. The reason for their appearance at these stations is
unknown. No coliform bacteria (based on the sensitivity of the Coli-
Count sampler) were found at any other station during this sampling
trip.
The results of Phase II of the sampling program are embodied in
Appendix 7.2.
Fecal coliform bacteria were detected only at one station (3B at
3 and 6 feet). Total coliform bacteria were more ubiquitous at the
nearshore stations (A-D) but the counts never exceeded 16/100 ml at any
one station or depth. The highest counts occurred at the nearshore
stations along Transect 5. Samples collected at 5A revealed counts of
10 and 16 coliforms/100 ml at 2 and 4 feet depths, respectively.
Coliforms were also detected at 5B where samples collected at a depth of
2 feet accounted for 7 and 8 coliforms/100 ml, and those collected at a
depth of 4 feet accounted for 14 and 7 coliforms/100 ml. Coliform bacteria
were also present at Stations 5C and 5D, but no coliforms were detected by
our methods at Stations 5E, 5G, and 51.
315
-------
Total coliform counts along Transect 3 ranged from a high
of 7/100 ml at Station A (1 foot) to a low of no detectable coliforms
at Stations 3C through 3E, 3G and 31.
Total coliforms along Transect 1 were most numerous at a depth
of 12 feet at Station 1C (12/100 ml) and at a depth of 5 feet at
Station ID (10/100 ml). Coliform bacteria were also detected at a
depth of 20 feet at Station 1G (6/100 ml).
Controls
No total or fecal coliform bacteria were detected when sterile
buffered water was poured into 4 sampling tubes and subsequently
plated. This indicated that the sampling tubes (and the buffered
water) were sterile.
Fecal coliform colonies too numerous to count appeared on mFC
medium (after sufficient incubation) when the medium was inoculated with
a pure culture of IS. coli. Similarly, total coliform colonies (TNTC) were
evident (metallic sheen) on Endo medium (after sufficient incubation)
when the medium was inoculated with a pure culture of IS. coli. These
results indicate that the use of Nalge ® Nutrient Pad Kits was a
sufficient method to detect total and fecal coliform bacteria.
Icing the samples for up to 24 hours prior to filtering and
inoculation did not appear to affect the bacteria. Identical samples
were prepared using a pure culture of IS. coli. Half of the samples
were processed immediately (i.e., filtered, plated and incubated) while
the other half were placed on ice for 19 hours before processing. The
number of total and fecal coliform colonies that developed on all
plates (iced and not iced) was too numerous to count, which indicates
that icing had little or no affect on the viability of the cells.*
*Not an accurate test procedure. Countable aliquats would be necessary
to draw this conclusion.
316
-------
DISCUSSION
The contamination of water by coliform (and other) bacteria
can occur in several ways. The major input of microorganisms occurs
as a result of the discharge of treated sewage effluents, and from
urban and rural stormwater runoff. These and other discharges can
contain a host of pathogenic and non-pathogenic organisms (Geldreich,
1972). However, once these microorganisms enter an aquatic environment,
their ability to survive is greatly curtailed.
Estuarine and marine environments are particularly non-conducive
to the proliferation of enteric organisms, and such environments have
been shown to have a definite bactericidal effect (Pramer et al., 1963).
While the exact reason(s) for this effect has not been determined, it
appears that the shortened life span of coliformsin water may be
attributed to osmoregulatory problems within the cell, lack of sufficient
nutrients and increased predation and competition within a hostile environ-
ment. The survival of coliform bacteria in seawater ranges from a few
hours to about three days, depending on, among other things, whether or
not the cell is encased in organic matter. Their survival time also
appears to be site specific, since the factors which govern their survival
may be highly variable from site to site (Jones, 1963).
The bacteria detected at several of the stations during this pro-
gram may have originated in urban runoff or from bathers frequenting the
nearshore stations. However, the primary source was most likely the
water which enters the Gulf from the Intracoastal Waterway through the
various passes during ebb tide. This water may be contaminated by
direct sewage discharge or by urban stormwater runoff. Due to the low
survivorship expected in seawater, the bacteria from the above mentioned
sources would be confined to the nearshore stations. The results of this
study confirmed this expectation in all but one instance when coliforms were
detected at a depth of 20 feet at Station 1G on 11/3/80. These bacteria may
have originated in the discharge of a passing vessel.
317
-------
The water quality standards in Florida for water used for
body contact recreation are: a monthly average of 1000 total coliforms/
100 ml, not to exceed 2400/100 ml on any day and a monthly average of
200 fecal colifonus/100 ml, not to exceed 800/100 ml any one day (EPA,
1979).
*The water quality standards for shellfish harvesting areas are
more stringent and call for the median total coliform count not to exceed
70/100 ml, and the fecal coliforms are not to exceed 14/100 ml with no more
than 10% of the samples to exceed 43/100 ml.
/
The baseline data obtained during this study indicated that the
bacterial densities at all stations sampled were far below the acceptable
standards at the time of sampling.
* FDA does not recognize the membrane filter method for shellfish
standards; the MPN method is used.
318
-------
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
1) Total and fecal coliform bacteria densities were deter-
mined along three 10 mile transects perpendicular to the Gulf coast
of Pinellas County, Florida.
2) Total and fecal coliform counts were far below the
acceptable water quality standards for water within the State of Florida
at all stations and depths during both phases of the program.
3) Highest total coliform counts were, in general, located
at nearshore stations probably as a result of point source and non-
point source discharges to coastal waters.
319
-------
LITERATURE CITED
American Public Health Association. 1976. Standard methods for the
examination of water and wastewater, 14th ed.
American Public Health Association, Inc. New York.
EPA. 1979. Bacteria. Water Quality Standards. Criteria Digest.
A Compilation of State/Federal Criteria. EPA, Washington,
D.C. 34 pp.
Geldreich, E.E. 1972. Water-Borne Pathogens. Chapter 9, pp. 207-241.
In; Water Pollution Microbiology, R. Mitchell, ed. Wiley-
Interscience, New York.
Jones, G.E. 1963. Suppression of Bacterial Growth by Sea Water.
Chapter 53, pp. 572-579. In; Symposium on Marine Microbiology,
C.H. Oppenheimer, ed. C.C. Thomas, Springfield.
Pramer, D., A.F. Carlucci and P.V. Scarpino. 1963. The bactericidal
action of seawater. Chapter 52, pp. 567-571. In; Symposium
on Marine Microbiology, C.H. Oppenheimer, ed. C.C. Thomas,
Springfield.
320
-------
Appendix 7.1.
Date
5/30/80
Total and fecal coliform counts for samples collected along
Transects 1, 3, and 5, during Phase I of the study.
No.
Coliform Depth No. Coliforms/
Test Station (ft) Replicate Colonies 100 ml
Pos. Cont.
Pos. Cont.
Neg. Cont.
Neg. Cont.
Total 1A
IB
1C
ID
IE
1G
II
5/30/80
Pos. Cont.
Pos. Cont.
Neg. Cont.
Neg. Cont.
Fecal
1A
IB
_.
—
—
—
5
10
6
12
6
12
7
14
7
15
8
17
25
13
27
40
—
—
—
— .-
5
10
6
12
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2 -*"•'•- ^~
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
- 2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
TNTC*
TNTC*
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
_0
™"*"o
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
TNTC*
TNTC*
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
__
—
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
200
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
200
—
—
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
*Too numerous to count.
321
-------
Appendix 7.1. Continued. Total and fecal coliform counts for samples collected
along Transects 1, 3, and 5, during Phase I of the study.
Date
5/30/80
Coliform
Test
Fecal
Station
1C
ID
IE
1G
II
6/01/80
Pos. Cont.
Neg. Cont.
Total
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
Depth
(ft)
6
12
7
14
7
15
8
17
25
13
27
40
—
—
4
8
6
12
. 4
8
6
12
6
12
Replicate
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
No.
Colonies
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TNTC*
0
0
0
0
0
0
TD
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
•s.
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
Coliforms/
100 ml
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
__
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
-------
Appendix 7.1. Continued. Total and fecal coliform counts for samples collected
along Transects 1, 3, and 5, during Phase I of the study.
Coliform
Test
Total
Station
3G
31
6/01/80
Pos. Cont.
Neg. Cont.
Fecal
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3G
31
Depth
(ft)
7
15
23
6
16
24
—
—
4
8
6
12
4
8
6
12
6
12
7
15
23
8
16
24
Replicate
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
No.
Colonies
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TNTC*
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
Conforms/
100 ml
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
—
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
-------
Appendix 7.1. Continued. Total and fecal coliform counts for samples collected
along Transects 1, 3, and 5, during Phase I of the study.
Date
5/27/80
Coliform
Test
Pos . Cont .
Neg . Cont .
Total
Pos. Cont.
Neg. Cont.
Fecal
o count.
Station
— .—
—
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5G
51
—
—
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5G
51
Depth
(ft)
__
—
' 3
5
3
5
3
6
4
8
6
12
9
18
.9
18
—
—
3
5
3
5
3
6
4
8
6
12
9
18
9
18
27
324
Replicate
__
—
I
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
No.
Colonies
TNTC*
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TNTC*
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
Coliforms/
100 ml
m _I1II
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
__
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
<100
-------
Appendix 7.2. Total and fecal coliform counts for samples collected along
Transects 1, 2, and 3, during Phase II of the study.
Date
Coliform
Test
11/03/80 Total
Fecal
10/30/80 Total
Station
1A
IB
1C
ID
IE
1G
II
1A
IB
1C
ID
IE
1G
II
3A
Depth (ft)
6
12
6
6
12
12
6
12
5
5
10
10
6
12
10
20
12
24
36
6
12
6
6
12
12
6
12
5
5
10
10
6
12
10
20
12
24
36
1
3
Replicate
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
No.
Coliforms/lOQ ml
2
5
5
0
2
0
0
12
10*
0*
2
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
**
*Based on an 80 ml sample. The 20 ml aliquots were not properly plated.
**50 ml and 30 ml aliquots produced colonies too numerous to count (TNTC).
Coliform bacteria were not discernable. No coliforms were present in
the 20 ml aliquot.
325
-------
Appendix 7.2.
Continued. Total and fecal coliform counts for samples collected
along Transects 1, 2, and 3, during Phase II of the study.
Date
10/30/80
Coliform
Test
Total
Fecal
10/27/80 Total
Station
3B
3C
3D
3E
3G
31
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3G
31
5A
5B
5C
5D
Depth (ft)
3
3
6
6
5
10
4
6
12
12
10
20
8
16
24
1
3
3
3
6
6
5
10
4
8
6
6
12
12
10
20
8
16
24
2
4
2
2
4
4
2
4
4
4
8
8
Replicate
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
No.
Coliforms/100 ml
6
6
3*
2
0
0
0
0
0
U
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
16
7
8
14
7
3
0
7
3
4
3
Based on 50 ml of sample.
The remaining SO ml were not properly plated.
326
-------
Appendix 7.2. Continued. Total and fecal coliform counts for samples collected
along Transects 1, 2, and 3, during Phase II of the study.
Colif orm No.
Date Test Station Depth (ft) Replicate Coliforms/100 ml
10/27/80 Total 5E 6 1 0
12 1 0
5G 9 1 0
18 1 0
51 8 1 0
16 1 0
24 1 0
Fecal 5A 2 1 0
41 0
5B 2 1 0
22 0
41 0
42 0
5C 2 1 0
41 0
5D 2 1 0
2 2 0
41 0
42 0
5E 6 1 0
12 1 0
5G 9 1 0
18 1 0
51 8 1 0
16 1 0
24 1 0
327
-------
CHAPTER EIGHT
*x
PHYTOPLANKTON
BY . ' ;
KENNETH S. CARACCIA
and
J. 0. ROGER JOHANSSON
-------
INTRODUCTION
The phytoplankton community of the study area during the
"Marine Sampling and Measurement Program, Northern Pinellas County
(Florida)" was characterized by determinations of abundance,
taxonomic composition, and biomass (chlorophyll 'a'). The plankton
community was examined on two separate occasions:
May 28-30, 1980 (Sampling Period 1) and October 29 - November 4, 1980
(Sampling Period 2). Locations of the sampling points (Figure 1.2)
and a general description of the study area are provided in Chapter 1.
Previous information on the total phytoplankton population
(nannoplankton) in the study area is limited. Annual variations of
phytoplankton productivity and standing crop of the Anclote Estuary
have been described by Johansson (1975); one sampling station was
located within the present study area, close to Station 5A (Figure 1.2)
Other phytoplankton studies of the West Central Coast of Florida were
conducted by Davis (1950), Odum, Lackey, Hynes, and Marshall (1955),
Marshall (1956), Saunders and Glenn (1969), Steidinger and Williams
(1970), and Turner (1972).
329
-------
METHODS
Chlorophyll 'a'
Water samples for chlorophyll 'a' analyses initially were
to be collected at each station (see Chapter 1 for stations locations
and designations) at the 90, 50, and 10 percent incident light levels
located by an in situ marine photometer. However, it was observed
during the first period (May 1980) that the 90 percent incident light
level at most stations was just above the bottom due to high water
clarity. Further, the photometer malfunctioned during the later
stages of Sampling Period 1. To provide a reasonable description of
the water column, chlorophyll "a1 values were therefore collected
at just below the surface, mid-depth, and just above the bottom.
(See Appendix Table 8.1 for exceptions.) Replicate samples were taken
at random stations and depths (see Appendix Table 8.2) during Sampling
Period 2 for quality assurance purposes.
EPA approved methods were utilized for the analyses of the
samples. Chlorophyll 'a1, corrected for phaeophytin "a1, was determined
using the aqueous-acetone extraction procedure (Standard Methods, 1975).
Data reduction of the chlorophyll 'a' analyses consisted of tabu-
lating the information in a sequential form. Integrated chlorophyll 'a1
2
values (mg/m ) of the total water column were calculated using a simple
linear regression of chlorophyll 'a1 concentration (mg/m ) versus depth
(meters).
Phytoplankton
Phytoplankton samples were collected with a 5 gallon water sampler
(bucket-like device) from about 0.5 ft. below the water surface at each
station . The water in the sampler was then well stirred and two one-gallon
samples were removed. These samples were preserved in the field with
modified Lugol's iodine.
330
-------
In the Laboratory, a minimum of two sub-samples were analyzed
from each sample. The sub-sample was pipetted into a Palmer-Maloney
chamber (Palmer and Maloney, 1954) where cells were allowed to settle
before examination under a Unitron inverted phase contrast microscope.
Large phytoplankton were enumerated and identified at 200 X magnifica-
tion. Small diatoms, and phytoflagellates (which are naked flagellated
cells 3-8 y long) were enumerated and counted at 400 X magnification
(Campbell, 1973 and Butcher, 1959). One or more diameters of the counting
chamber were scanned until approximately 150 to 200 cells were counted.
Filamentous blue-green algae (cyanophytes), however, were counted as
trichomes and not cells. Identifications were carried to the species
level for large cells and the lowest practical level for small diatoms
and phytoflagellates.
The total concentration of cells in the sub-sample was calculated
by
r - N
C - v
where: C = total cell numbers (cells/ml)
N = number of cells counted
V = volume examined (ml)
The total concentration of cells at each station was estimated
from the average of the sub-sample concentrations.
Data reduction consisted of tabulating species lists for each
station and the estimating the following community characteristics:
o Density (# cells/ml)
o Species Richness (# species/station)
o Species Diversity, H1 (Shannon and Weaver, 1963)*
o Equitability, J1 (Pielou, 1966)*
o Faunal Similarity between stations, C X (Morisita, 1959).*
* Indices described (in detail) in Chapter 10.
331
-------
RESULTS
Chlorophyll 'a'
During the First Sampling Period (May 28-30, 1980) chlorophyll
'a' concentrations ranged from 0.6 mg/m at the 1 foot depth of Station
5E to 20.1 mg/m3 at the 10 foot depth of Station 3A (Appendix Table 8.1). Values
were higher at Transects 1 and 3 than at Transect 5. Concentrations at
Transects 1 and 3 generally decreased with increasing distance from shore.
This trend was not observed at Transect 5."
Chlorophyll 'a1 concentrations for the second sampling period
3
(October 29 and 31, 1980 and November 4, 1980) ranged from 0.4 mg/m at
the 38 foot depth of Station 31 to 128.3 mg/m at the 13 foot depth of
Station 5C (Appendix Table 8.2). The high value (128.3 mg/m ) found at
Station 3C may have resulted from the presence of a large, unidentified,
filamentous algal mat which covered the bottom from Station 3C to the
shoreline. No bottom chlorophyll 'a1 values are available for Stations
3A and 3B, due to a maximum depth of less than 5 feet.
Comparatively, chlorophyll 'a' values at the surface and at
the 3 foot depth for Stations 3A-3C are high, ranging from 25.1 mg/m to
20.4 mg/m (Appendix Table 8.2). As observed in the first sampling period,
chlorophyll "a1 values were again higher at Transects 1 and 3 than at
Transect 5. Similarly, concentrations at Transects 1 and 3 generally
decreased with increasing distance from shore. This trend was not evident
at Transect 5.
Integrated water column chlorophyll 'a' concentrations for the May
1980 sampling period ranged from 2.35 mg/m at Station 5B to 28.4 mg/m2
at Station 1G (Appendix Table 8.1). Average integrated concentrations
decreased from Transect 1 to Transect 5. Obvious trends within transects
were not evident.
332
-------
The range of the integrated water column chlorophyll "a1
concentrations for the second sampling period (October-November 1980)
2 2
was 3.9 mg/m at Station 5B to 566 mg/m at Station 3C (Appendix
Table 8.2). The high value observed at Station 3C was probably due to
the presence of the algal mat previously described. Obvious trends
within transects were not evident. Average integrated concentrations
were greater at Transects 1 and 3 than at Transect 5, with no discernable
trends within transects.
Phytoplankton
Phytoplankton densities for the May 1980 sampling period ranged
from 1,134 cells/ml at Station II to 17,024 cells/ml at Station 3B
(Appendix Tables 8.4-8.6). A general trend of decreasing cell numbers
with increasing distance from shore was evident. Average total phyto-
plankton numbers of Transects 1 and 3 were similar and approximately
twice as large as the Transect 5 average.
Densities for the October - November 1980 sampling period ranged
from 415 cells/ml at Station 5D to 16,245 cells/ml at Station 3C (Appendix
Tables 8.7-8.9). A general trend, based upon average station densities,
of decreasing cell numbers with increasing distance from shore was evident,
exceptions being Stations 3B and 3C where blooms of the centric diatom
Skeletonema costatum were recorded, and Station 5D where an unusually low
number of phytoflagellates were found. Average total phytoplankton numbers
were greater on Transects 1 and 3 than on Transect 5, with maximum cell
counts occurring on Transect 3 (Appendix Tables 8.13-8.15).
The spatial distribution of diatoms in the May 1980 sampling showed
a pattern of decreasing relative and absolute densities with increasing
distance from shore. Diatoms represented the second most abundant phyto-
plankton group at most stations, with small unidentified phytoflagellates
being dominant . Diatom concentrations ranged from 7.6 to 55.5
percent of total phytoplankton.(Appendix Tables 8.4 - 8.6.)
333
-------
The taxonomic list (Appendix Tables 8.10-8.12)
indicates that Transects 1 and 3 had similar phytoplankton populations,
which were different from the populations at Transect 5. Chaetoceros
spp., Leptocylindrus minimus, and Rhizosolenia spp. were the dominant
diatom species of Transect 1 and 3, while Thalassionema nitzschioides,
small Navicula spp., and Thalassiosira spp. were abundant at Transect 5.
The pattern of decreasing relative and absolute density of
diatoms seen in May (1980) is also evident in the October - November
sampling period. Diatom concentrations ranged from 31.1 to 86.4 percent
of the total phytoplankton population (Appendix Tables 8.7-8.9). A
greater number of diatom species were found in the October - November
sampling period, while total abundance at Transects 1 and 5 was low. The
diatom populations of Transects 1 and 3 were similar, but to a lesser
degree than the May sampling period (Appendix Tables 8.13
and 8.14 and Appendix Figures 8.1 and 8.2). Transect 5 generally differed
in both species composition and diatom abundance. Asterionella japonica,
Leptocylindrus danicus, Leptocylindrus minimus, Nitzschia pungens,
Rhizosolenia fragilissima, and Skeletonema costatum were the dominant
species of Transects 1 and 3, while Chaetoceros spp., small Navicula spp.,
and Rhizosolenia fragilissima comprised the dominants of Transect 5.
Small unidentified phytoflagellates were the dominant group of
phytoplankton found at most stations during the May 1980 sampling period.
Phytoflagellate concentrations (cells/ml) ranged from 30.1 to 77.1
percent of total phytoplankton numbers per station (Appendix Tables 8.4-
8.6). Transect 3 had the highest total phytoflagellate concentration with
5,459 cells/ml and Transect 5 the lowest with 2,342 cells/ml. No other
trends were evident.
The October - November 1980 sampling period showed concentrations
of unidentified phytoflagellates to be lower than in May. Phytoflagellate
densities ranked second to diatom densities at all stations. Transect 3
334
-------
again had the maximum total phytoflagellate concentration with 856
cells/ml, followed by Transect 5 with 207 cells/ml, and Transect 1
with 196 cells/ml. Decreasing density with increasing distance from
shore was evident at Transect 3 but not observed at either Transect 1 or
\
Transect 5.
During the May 1980 sampling period dinoflagellates were generally
found in low numbers, and were comprised mainly of small Gymnodinium
spp. A bloom of Ptychodiscus brevis (formerly Gymnodinium breve) was
present at the outer three stations of Transects 3 and 5. The maximum
concentration of this organism was 667 cells/ml at Station 31 (Appendix
Tables 8.10-8.12).
Low numbers of dinoflagellates were again found in the October -
November 1980 period. Small Peridinium spp. generally dominated most
stations of Transects 1 and 3. Prorocentrum redfieldi was the
dominant dinoflagellate at most stations of Transect 5 (Appendix Tables
8.13-8.15). Moderate concentrations of Ptychodiscus brevis were found
at Stations II, 3G, and 31. Station 31 had the maximum concentration of
230 cells/ml.
Other types of flagellated algae, excluding the group of unidentified
phytoflagellates, were of minor numerical importance at all stations
in the May 1980 sampling period. Six taxa, comprising 4 classes, were
found (Appendix Tables 8.10-8.12). Transect 5 had generally higher
numbers of these small phytoflagellates. During the second sampling period
(October - November 1980), 7 taxa of flagellated algae, comprising 4 classes,
were found (Appendix Tables 8.13-8.15). Inshore stations (A-D) generally
had higher densities than offshore stations (F-I). No trends between
transects were evident.
Cyanophytes (blue-green algae) were found in low densities in the
May 1980 samples. Anabaena sp., Anacystis montana (?) and Oscillatoria
erythraea were found. Densities of cyanophytes in the
335
-------
October - November samples were also low, and the same species
were found as in May. Cyanophytes were present at a
greater number of stations on Transects 1 and 3 in the October -
November sampling period. No other trends were evident.
Species richness, diversity (H1), and equitability values (J1)
are presented in Appendix Table 8.17. Except for the unusually low
species richness and correspondingly low diversity found at Stations
II and 1G, no general trends were evident in the May 1980 sampling
period. Species diversity and equitability were generally high at all
stations.
Greater species richness and diversity were evident in the October -
November sampling period. The number of species per station in the
second sampling period ranged from 26 (IE) to 63 (3C) , as compared to
10 (II) to 28 (3B) in the May 1980 period. Higher species diversity
was also evident for all three transects. Equitability values for
Transects 1 and 3 were similar for both sampling periods. Transect 5
showed a higher equitability in the October - November period. No
other trends were evident.
The faunal similarity matrix for the May 1980 sampling period
(Appendix Figure 8.1) indicated that the phytoplankton communities of
Transect 5 were different from the communities of Transects 1 and 3. In
particular, Station 5E was strikingly different from all other stations.
Faunal similarities for the October - November period (Appendix Figure 8.2)
contrasted those of the May 1980 period. Transect 1 inshore stations
(A-D) and Transect 3 inshore stations (A-D) showed a high degree of simi-
larity but this trend was not evident in offshore (F-I) stations. Transect
5 did not follow this trend, but exhibited a uniform moderate to high
similarity from Station 5A through 51. The faunal similarity trends observed
in the second sampling period are consistent with the patterns previously
described for species diversity and equitability.
336
-------
DISCUSSION
The phytoplankton data presented in this report represent a
total of 6 sampling days, between May 28 - November 4, 1980. Samples
were collected in early summer (warm, dry season) and fall (warm, wet
season), in an attempt to assess seasonal fluctuations of the phyto-
plankton. Several interesting trends are discernable.
The trend of decreasing phytoplankton densities with increasing
distance from shore has been described previously for the West Central
Coast of Florida by Saunders and Glenn (1969). Similar patterns have
been shown for chlorophyll 'a' (see Appendix Table 8.3) in coastal
waters of the eastern Gulf of Mexico by Marshall (1956). The chlorophyll
'a1 data of the present study, in general, support these patterns. The
chlorophyll 'a' data for Transect 5 (Stations 5G and 51 in particular)
however, has not supported this pattern on either sampling period. It
was postulated that the elevated values at Stations 5G and 51 in May
1980 were due to chlorophyll 'a* contributions from a Ptychodiscus brevis
bloom. No such bloom was recorded in the October - November sampling
and yet chlorophyll 'a1 values remained consistently high. A detailed
consideration of water chemistry data and specific current patterns might
provide insight into this anomaly.
Also noted in the chlorophyll 'a' data for both the May and
October - November sampling periods was that the greatest chlorophyll 'a1
concentrations generally did not occur within the first meter of surface water.
This suggests that surface light intensity may be too intense for
many phytoplankters. Vertical distribution patterns of diatom populations
have not been clearly shown; however, heavier diatom concentrations
have been reported to occur in bottom samples offshore and in surface
samples inshore (Saunders and Glenn, 1969). This problem has been
addressed by Marshall (1956) with the recommendation that surface light
intensities not be regarded as a serious deterrent to the use of
chlorophyll 'al values as an index of biomass where the plankton is free
to mix vertically-
337
-------
High chlorophyll 'a* values at depth, such as those found
at 3A (5/29/80) and 3C (10/31/80), are probably associated with the
mixing of benthic forms into the plankton of shallow waters. The
elevated values of Transect 3 (Stations A-C) may be due in part to the
mixing of filamentous algae throughout the water column. This conclu-
sion is supported by Phillips (1960) who has previously described
several large masses of filamentous green and red algae from Tampa Bay
north to the Tarpon Springs area in the fall season.
The taxonomic composition of the phytoplankton community
described in this study parallels the findings of other studies of
the coastal and nearshore waters of the West Central Coast of Florida
(Davis, 1950; Saunders and Glenn, 1969; Johansson, 1975). Davis (1950)
reported that diatoms were most often the dominant type of phytoplankton
in nearshore waters. In the present study, diatoms were the most abundant
group in the October - November 1980 sampling and ranked second to phyto-
flagellates in May 1980. Dinoflagellates were only dominant (never
abundant) where Ptychodiscus brevis was found in large numbers. This
seeming conflict with previous studies of this area probably results
from the use of different sampling techniques, preservation methods,
and counting procedures. Earlier studies did most often not usually account for
the nannoplankton fraction of the phytoplankton population. Therefore,
the value of older studies lies in their reports of absolute cell counts
(cells/ml of each group) and not relative percentages. Cell densities in the
present study are comparative, however, with densities of other coastal areas
when the total phytoplankton was analyzed (Pratt, 1959; Watling, Bottom,
Pembroke, and Maurer, 1979).
The phytoplankton populations of Transects 1 and 3 are similar
and often contrasted to the population of Transect 5. Inshore stations
(A-D) on Transects 1 and 3 are apparently affected to a great degree by
their proximity to tidal inlets. Tidal exchanges between the bays and
the open Gulf of Mexico (see Chapter 5) are primarily responsible for
the currents at the bases of these transects.
338
-------
Plankton populations influenced by these estuaries are
generally distinguished from those of open coastal waters by stronger
gradients in spatial distribution and more pronounced seasonal and
annual fluctuations. This is evident in the October - November sampling
period on Transects 1 and 3 as distinct inshore (A-D) and offshore
populations exist. Total densities may also be explained by estuarine
influence in terms of seasons. The May 1980 sampling period reflected
the dry season where less freshwater and nutrients passed through
inlets on tidal exchanges. May in general exhibited higher species
densities per station. The October - November period was contrastingly
wet with greater exchange of discharge volumes and correspondingly lower
total densities. Monospecific blooms, such as Skeletonema costatum and
Rhizosolenia spp., often mask seasonal trends with respect to total
densities.
Transect 5 appears to be different from Transects 1 and 3. In
both May and October - November, densities at all stations were lower than
corresponding stations on the other transects. These differences may be
attributed to the unique location of the transect, just outside a tidal
pass at the south end of Anclote Key. The area is influenced by a 57
million gallon per day freshwater discharge from^the Anclote River (McNulty,
Lindall, and Sykes, 1972). This influence is strongly reflected in
salinities, which, on the average, were 4-5 o/oo lower than the inshore
• stations of Transects 3 and 5 "Actual influence of salinity upon this
area probably varies seasonally due to the range of discharge volumes
(McNulty et al., 1972). The forementioned factors in combination with
other physical characteristics of the site are probably responsible for
the differences in phytoplankton densities and species composition of
Transect 5 and the other two study transects.
The question of terrestrial runoff and its effect on the nearshore
phytoplankton communities is one that is not easily addressed, due to
insufficient data on community structure and seasonal variation in the
study area. The present study was limited to two distinct seasonal
samplings.
339
-------
The impact of nutrient enrichment by municipal wastes
has been documented for certain phytoplankton populations.
The response of Ptychodiscus brevis to enrichment with selected inorganic
nutrients, municipal waste materials, and various detergent compounds
has been determined. The effluent from a secondary sewage outfall, such
as that proposed for Station 3F, has been shown to cause up to three-
fold increases in total cell numbers of P_. brevis (Doig and Martin, 1974).
Doig and Martin (1974) suggest that the impact of seasonal
pulses in nutrient enrichments (upwelling, land runoff) should be consi-
dered a more significant factor in P_. brevis outbreaks, whereas an
essentially continuous process (treated sewage outflow) could be con-
sidered a significant factor in sustaining an ongoing P_. brevis bloom.
Considering the proposed discharge area and weak to moderate currents, pre-
vailing south and west water movement and observed P_. brevis concentrations
from 100-667 cells/ml, nutrient enrichment by municipal waste materials
could produce an ongoing bloom of P_. brevis in the vicinity of 5 Pinellas
County artificial reefs. Three of these reefs lie directly within the
study area, the remaining two being due south and southwest of Pinellas
County Reef #1 - Rube Allyn (see Photographic Documentation of North
Pinellas County Artificial Reefs Figure 1). The reefs include: Dunedin
Reef; Clearwater Reef; and Rube Allyn, all within the study area; Pinellas
Number 2 Reef, to the southwest, and Indian Shores Reef to the south.
During August 1974 a severe Red Tide outbreak (P_. brevis bloom) and associated
defaunation was reported in the Pinellas County Artificial Reef area. Re-
covery took 9 to 10 months for the fish population and two years for fouling
organisms (barnacles, corals, sponges (Pinellas County, 1979).
The impact of nutrient enrichment by discharge of treated domestic
wastewater overall phytoplankton population is however unknown.
340
-------
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
1. Twenty one stations along 3 transects were sampled for
phytoplankton in May and October - November 1980. Abundance (density),taxonomic
composition, and biomass (chlorophyll 'a') were assessed. A total of
94 taxa were identified from the collections.
2. Phytoplankton density and chlorophyll 'a' concentrations
generally decreased in an offshore direction. Total phytoplankton
density and chlorophyll 'a' concentrations were comparable to other
findings along the Gulf coast of Florida.
3. Phytoplankton densities and chlorophyll 'a' concentrations
were similar for Transects 1 and 3. Values for Transect 5 were lower.
4. The phytoplankton community of the inshore stations (A-D) was
a typical estuarine-coastal assemblage of moderate diversity. The
offshore (F-I) phytoplankton community was characterized by more oceanic
species and moderate diversity.
5. Dominance was seasonal in the study area with diatoms and
small unidentified phytoflagellates ranking either first or second at
most stations. Dinoflagellates were never dominant.
6. Ptychodiscus brevis was found in high concentrations (>100 cells/
ml) at the outer stations of all 3 transects.
7. Possible effects of a sewage outfall could include sustained
blooms of Ptychodiscus brevis and other phytoplankton species. The
toxic and non-toxic consequences of phytoplankton blooms include: fish
kills; anaerobic conditions; and a possible restructuring of the primary
trophic level.
341
-------
LITERATURE CITED
Butcher, R.W. 1959. An introductory account of the smaller algae of
British coastal waters. In: Introduction and Chlorophyceae .
Fish. Invest., Lond. , Ser. 4, 74 p.
Campbell, P.H. 1973. Studies on brackish water phytoplankton . Ph.D.
Thesis. University of North Carolina. 407 p.
Davis, C.C. 1950. Observations of plankton taken in marine waters of
Florida in 1947 and 1948. Quarterly J. Florida Acad. Sci.,
12:67-103.
Doig, M.T. and D.F. Martin. 1974. The response of Gymnodinium breve
to municipal waste materials. Marine Biology, 24:223-228.
El Sayed, S.Z. 1972. Primary productivity and standing crop of phytoplankton,
p. 8-13. In; Chemistry, primary productivity, and benthic algae
of the Gulf of Mexico. Folio 22. American Geographic Soc., 29 p.
Gibson, R.A. and T.L. Hopkins. 1972. p. 60-70. In; Anclote Environmental
Project 1972. Cont. No. 41, Dept. Mar. Sci., Univ. South Florida,
220 p.
Gibson, R.A., J.O.R. Johansson, M.E. Gorman and T.L. Hopkins. 1974b.
Phytoplankton ecology in the vicinity of the Florida Power
Corporation Generating Plant at Crystal River, November 1973 -
April, 1974, p. 429-447. In: Crystal River Power Plant Environ-
mental Considerations. Final Report to the Federal Interagency
Research Advisory Committee, Vol. IV. Florida Power Corporation,
St. Petersburg.
Hulbert, E.M. and N. Corwin. 1972. A note on the phytoplankton distribu-
tion in the offshore waters of the eastern and central Gulf of Mexico.
Caribbean J. Sci., 12:29-38.
Johansson, J.O.R. 1975. Phytoplantkon productivity and standing crop in
the Anclote Estuary, Florida. M.S. Thesis, Univ. South Florida.
75 p.
Marshall, N. 1956. Chlorophyll 'a1 in the phytoplankton in coastal waters
of the eastern Gulf of Mexico. Journal of Marine Research,
15:14-32.
McNulty, J.K., W.N. Lindall, Jr. and J.E. Sykes. 1972. Cooperative Gulf
of Mexico Estuarine Inventory and Study, Florida: Phase 1, Area
Description. NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS CIRC-368, 126 p.
Morisita, M. 1959. Measuring of interspecific association and similarity
between communities. Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ. Ser. E. (Biol.),
3:65-80.
342
-------
Odum, H.T., J.B. Lackey, J. Hynes and N. Marshall. 1955. Some red
tide characteristics during 1952-1954. Bull. Mar. Sci., 5:247-257.
Palmer, C.M. and T.E. Maloney. 1954. A new counting slide for nanno-
plankton. Am. Soc. Limnol. Oceanogr. Special Publ. 21, 6 p.
Phillips, R.G. 1960. Ecology and distribution of marine algae found in
Tampa Bay, Boca Ciega Bay, and at Tarpon Springs, Florida. Quarterly
J. Florida Acad. Sci., 23:222-260.
Pielou, E.G. 1966. The measurement of diversity in different types of
biological collections. J. Thero. Biol., 13:131-144.
Pinellas County Artificial Reefs. 1979. A brochure published
by the Pinellas Board of County Commissioners, Pinellas
County, Florida, April 1979.
Pratt, D.M. 1959. The phytoplankton of Narragansett Bay. Limnol.
Oceanogr., 4 (4):425-440.
Saunders, R.P. and D.A. Glenn. 1969. Memoirs of the Hourglass Cruises.
Diatoms. Volume I, Part III. Mar. Res. Lab Fla. Dept. Nat. Res.
Contribution No. 127. 119 p.
Shannon, C.E. and W. Weaver. 1963. The mathematical theory of communica-
tion. Univ. Illinois Press, Urbana. 117 p.
Standard Methods. 1975. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water
and Wastewater. 14th Edition, 1975. American Public Health
Association, p.
Steidinger, K.A. and J. Williams. 1970. Dinoflagellates. Memoirs of
the Hourglass Cruises, Vol. II. Fla. Dept. Nat. Res. Mar. Res.
Lab. 1-251.
Turner, J.T. 1972. The phytoplankton of the Tampa Bay System, Florida.
M.A. Thesis, Univ. South Florida. 181 p.
Watling, L., D. Bottom, A. Pembroke and D. Maurer. 1979. Seasonal varia-
tions in Delaware Bay phytoplankton community structure. Marine
Biology, 52:207-215.
343
-------
Appendix Table 8.1. Chlorophyll 'a' concentrations at depth and of the total water column, Northern Pinellas County
Area, Florida, May 1980.
Depth Sta. Depth Sta. Depth Sta. Depth Sta. Depth Sta. Depth Sta. Depth Sta. X
Transect Date
1 5/28/80
mg m
Integrated
mg m~2
3 5/29/80
Integrated
mg m~
u>
£ 5 5/30/80
Integrated
mg m""2
ft
3
7
13
3
6
10
1
3
6
A
6.2
5.6
7.6
25.0
6.5
6.0
20.1
27.6
1.9
1.3
1.8
2.9
ft,
3
9
15
3
9
16
1
3
6
B
5.2
6.3
6.0
26.6
6.1
4.8
5.8
26.7
1.4
1.3
1.2
2.4
ft
3
9
16
3
7
11
1
4
7
C
4.8
5.9
4.3
24.9
3.2
3.3
3.8
12.3
1.4
1.2
1.3
2.8
ft.
3
10
18
3
9
15
3
6
10
D
4.2
5.9
4.2
26.9
3.9
3.4
3.7
16.6
1.4
1.3
1.2
4.0
ft.
5
11
20
3
9
16
1
7
9
15
E
3.5
2.6
2.6
17.9
2.1
1.4
1.1
7.9
0.6
0.9
0.8
0.9
3.6
ft.
10
26
3
15
29
1
4
9
G
ND
3.5
3.8
28.4
3.0
1.3
1.4
16.3
1.6
1.5
1.2
3.9
ft.
10
54
3
16
30
4
10
15
35
I
ND
1.3
2.2
28.0
2.7
0.8
1.8
14.8
2.4
1.8
1.6
1.3
18.0
mg m
25.4
17.5
5.4
ND = Data not available.
-------
Appendix Table 8.2. Chlorophyll 'a' concentrations at depth and of the total water column, Northern Pinellas County
Area, Florida, October-November 1980.
Transect Date
1 10/29/80
mg/m
Integrated
mg/m2
3 10/31/80a
mg/m
Integrated
mg/m
5 11/04/80
w . 3
** mg/m
Integrated
7s
mg/m''
Depth Sta. Depth Sta. Depth
ft. A ft. B ;:ft.
3 9.4 3 7.1 3 ;
8 8.2 9 7.1 8.5
15 9.3 18 5.9 17.5
41.6 31.8
3b 25.1/24.9 3b 24.1 3
6.5
13
NC NC
3b 2.0/2.9 3C 2.8 3C
5.5 2.8 6
NC 4.7
Sta.
C
5.9
6.3
5.2
26.9
20.4
20.0
128.3
566.0
2.8
2.0
3.9
Depth
ft.
3
8
16
3
5.5
11
3
5
10.5
Sta.
D
5.0
6.8
5.4
27.3
9.6
7.4
7.9
24.9
1.8
1.5
2.0
6.6
Depth
ft.
3
8
16
3 3
9
19
3 1
9
18
Sta.
E
2.9
4.1
2.3
11.4
.7/3.6d
4.4
3.8
22.2
.7/1.8d
1.3
1.1
5.4
Depth
ft.
3
15
30.5
3
15
30
3
14
28
Sta.
G
1.1
3.3
1.2
13.9
2.0/1.4d
1.3/1.7d
1.7/1.8d
15.3
2.0
1.7
7.8
66.1
Depth
ft.
3
23
47
3
19
38
3
18
37
Sta.
I
2.5
1.9
3.1
42.2
2 . 0/2 .
2.0
0.4
17.3
2.2
1.0
0.9
8.4
X -2
mg m
27.9
5d
129.1
15.2
a = Transect 3, Station I collected on November 4, 1980.
b = Surface sample
only, maximum depth 1.5 meters.
c = Surface and bottom sample only, maximum depth <2
d = Two replicate
NC = Not computed,
meters .
samples taken, mean used to calculate integrated
insufficient data.
-
chlorophyll values
(mg/m
-------
Appendix Table 8.3. Ranges of chlorophyll 'a1 concentrations in various estuarine, coastal, and offshore
waters of the Gulf of Mexico.
Area
Offshore waters;
Gulf of Mexico
Chlorophyll 'a' Season
(ing/nT3)
0.01- 12.'35 All seasons
Source
El-Sayed, 1972
Coastal waters;
Gulf of Mexico adjacent
Anclote Key
1.88- 17.33 All seasons Gibson, Johansson, Gorman, and Hopkins, 1974
u>
Estuaries;
Hillsborough Bay
Old Tampa Bay
Mid Tampa Bay
Lower Tampa Bay
Anclote Anchorage
Anclote River
2.69- 56.47
2.23- 28.23
0.14-163.60
0.52- 6.05
1.70- 10.91
3.75- 21.33
All seasons
All seasons
All seasons
All seasons
All seasons
All seasons
Turner and Hopkins, 1974
Turner and Hopkins, 1974
Turner and Hopkins, 1974
Turner and Hopkins, 1974
Gibson, Johansson, Gorman, and Hopkins, 1974
Gibson, Johansson, Gorman, and Hopkins, 1974
-------
Appendix Table 8.4. Average concentration (cells/ml) and percent composition (%)
of phytoplankton groups on Transect 1, May 28, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
TRANSECT 1
B C D E
Diatoms (cells/ml) 6,841 5,741 6,403 6,411 3,328 593 166 4,212
(%) (55.5) (45.0) (45.7) (53.3) (46.4) (22.9) (14.6) (47.5)
Dinoflagellates 231 154 277 123 62 144 83 153
(%) ( 1.9) ( 1.2) ( 2.0) ( 1.0) ( 0.9) ( 5.6) ( 7.3) ( 1.7)
Chrysophyceae 31 62 154 123 3
(%) ( 0.3) ( 0.5) ( 1.1) ( 1.0) ( 0.6)
Cryptophyceae 1,170 585 769 31 46 11 373
(%) ( 9.5) ( 4.6) ( 5.5) ( 0.4) ( 1.8) ( 1.0) ( 4.2)
Euglenophyceae 31 4
(%) ( 0.3) (<0.1)
Haptophyceae 93 137 33
(%) ( 0.8) ( 1.1) ( 0.4)
Unid. flagellates 3,971 6,186 6,216 5,073 3,693 1,801 874 3,973
(%) (32.2) (48.5) (44.4) (44.2) (51.5) (69.7) (77.1) (44.8)
Cyanophytes 31 155 164 62 59
(%) ( 0.2) ( 1.1) ( 1.4) ( 0.9) ( 0.7)
Total Concentration,
cells/ml 12,377 12,759 14,005 12,031 7,176 2/584 1,134 8,861
347
-------
Appendix Table 8.5. Average concentration (cells/ml) and percent composition (%)
of phytoplankton groups on Transect 3, May 29, 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
TRANSECT 3
A B C D E G I 5L_
Diatoms (cells/ml) 5,391 5,455 3,674 3,101 849 413 302 2,741
(%) (34.6) (32.0) (30.3) (33.7) (23.0) (16.1) (10.6) (30.4)
Dinoflagellates 492 328 205 154 119 369 813 354
(%) ( 3.2) ( 1.9) ( 1.7) ( 1.7) ( 3.2) (14.4) (28.6) ( 3.9)
Chrysophyceae 123 164 31 37 50 31 62
(%) ( 0.8) ( 1.0) ( 0.3) ( 1.0) ( 1.9) ( 1.1) ( 0.7)
Cryptophyceae 154 287 451 226 139 49 11 188
(%) ( 1.0) ( 1.7) ( 3.7) ( 2.5) ( 3.8) ( 1.9) ( 0.4) ( 2.1)
Euglenophyceae 123 18
(%) ( 1.0) ( 0.2)
Haptophyceae 410 390 128 99 41 153
(%) ( 3.4) ( 4.2) ( 3.5) ( 3.9) ( 1.4) ( 1.7)
Unid. flagellates 9,355 10,749 7,463 5,210 2,405 1,589 1,644 5,459
(%) (60.1) (63.1) (59.9) (56.6) (65.0) (61.9) (57.8) (60.6)
Cyanophytes 62 41 93 21 31
(%) ( 0.4) ( 0.2) ( 0.8) ( 0.2) ( 0.3)
Total Concentration,
cells/ml 15,574 17,024 12,126 9,205 3,698 2,569 2,842 9,005
348
-------
Appendix Table 8.6. Average concentration (cells/ml) and percent composition (%)
of phytoplankton groups on Transect 5, May 30, 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida
Diatoms (cells/ml)
Dinoflagellates
Chrysophyceae
Cryptophyceae
Euglenophyceae
Haptophyceae
Unid. .flagellates
Cyanophytes
A
2,589
(35.1)
62
( 0.8)
124
( 1.7)
502
( 6.8)
339
( 4.6)
3,762
(51.0)
B
2,747
(32.2)
41
( 0.5)
123
( 1.4)
656
( 7.7)
985
(11.5)
3,979
(46.6)
C
1,724
(30.5)
118
( 2.1)
87
( 1.5)
308
( 5.4)
548
( 9.7)
2,764
(48.8)
111
( 2.0)
TRANSECT
D
1,020
(27.2)
62
( 1.7)
170
( 4.5)
200
( 5.3)
2,124
(56.7)
170
( 4.5)
5
E
1,805
(55.8)
259
( 8.0)
21
( 0.6)
31
( 1.0)
113
( 3.5)
975
(30.1)
31
( 1.0)
G
336
(17.6)
382
(20.0)
32
( 1.7)
21
( 1.1)
52
( 2.7)
1,088
(56.9)
I
229
( 7.6)
793
(26.4)
42
( 1.4)
72
( 2.4)
11
( 0.4)
144
( 4.8)
1,702
(56.7)
11
( 0.4)
X
1,493
(31.2)
245
( 5.1)
61
( 1.3)
251
( 5.3)
2
340
2,342
(49.0)
48
( 1.0)
Total Concentration,
cells/ml 7,378 8,531 5,660 3,746 3,235 1,911 3,004 4,782
349
-------
Appendix Table 8.7.
Average concentration (cells/ml) and percent composition (%)
of phytoplankton groups on Transect 1, October 29, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
TRANSECT 1
Diatoms (cells/ml)
Dinof lagellates
Chlorophyceae
Chrysophyceae
Cryptophyceae
Euglenophyceae
Unid. flagellates
Cyanophytes
A
4,205
(86.4)
280
( 5.8)
65
( 1.4)
40
( 0.8)
20
( 0.4)
5
( 0.1)
225
( 4.7)
25
( 0.5)
B
2,090
(83.1)
65
( 2.6)
40
( 1.6)
10
( 0.4)
10
( 0.4)
10
( 0.4)
275
(10.9)
15
( 0.6)
C
1,590
(79.7)
( 5
( 2
( o
( 0
( 0
(10
( 1
100
.0)
40
.0)
5
.3)
15
.8)
15
.8)
205
.3)
25
.3)
D
1,870
(82.7)
145
( 6.4)
20
( 0.9)
5
( 0.2)
200
( 8.9)
20
( 0.9)
E
495
(75.0)
65
( 9.8)
15
( 2.3)
S
( 0.8)
75
(11.4)
5
( 0.8)
G I
775 330
(74.5) (38.8)
90 275
( 8.7) (32.3)
10 15
( 1.0) ( 1.8)
165 225
(15.9) (26.5)
5
( 0.6)
X
1,622
(80.1)
146
( 7.2)
23
( 1.1)
11
( 0.5)
11
( 0.5)
5
( 0.2)
196
( 9.7)
14
( 0.7)
Total Concentration,
cells/ml 4,865
2,515 1,995 2,260
660 1,040
850 2,026
350
-------
Appendix Table 8.8. Average concentration (cells/ml) and percent composition (%)
of phytoplankton groups on Transect 3, Stations A-G,
October 31, 1980 and Transect 3, Station I, November 4, 1980,
Northern Pinelias County Area, Florida.
TRANSECT 3
ABCDEGIjF
Diatoms (cells/ml)
Dinoflagellates
(%)
Chlorophyceae
(%)
Chrysophyceae
(%)
Cryptophyceae
(%)
Euglenophyceae
(%)
Unid. flagellates
(%)
Cyanophytes
(%)
9,625
(80.0)
660
( 5.5)
120
( 1.0)
110
( 0.9)
40
( 0.3)
10
( 0.1)
1,310
(10.9)
160
( 1.3)
11,465
(84.1)
480
( 3
( 0
.5)
70
.5)
30
( 0.2)
( 0
( 0
1,
(10
( 0
50
.4)
50
.4)
390
.2)
100
.7)
13,900
(85.6)
3,745
(72.8)
580
( 3
.6)
(
100
( 0
( 0
( o
( 0
1,
( 9
( 0
.6)
40
.3)
65
.4)
30
.2)
490
.2)
40
.3)
(
(
(
(
300
5.8)
55
1.1)
5
0.1)
135
2.6)
50
1.0)
815
(15.9)
(
35
0.7)
760
(40.5)
230
(12.3)
60
( 3.2)
40
( 2.1)
85
( 4.5)
670
(35.7)
30
( 1.6)
410
(48.2)
225
(26.4)
20
( 2.4)
5
( 0.6)
5
( 0.6)
180
(21.2)
5
( 0.6)
250
(33.1)
325
(43.0)
15
( 1.9)
10
( 1.3)
140
(18.5)
15
( 2.0)
5,685
(78.7)
400
( 5.5)
63
( 0.9)
34
( 0.5)
54
( 0.7)
21
( 0.3)
856
(11.9)
55
( 0.8)
Total Concentration,
cells/ml 12,035 13,635 16,245
5,140 1,875
850
755 7,219
351
-------
Appendix Table 8.9.
Average concentration (cells/ml) and percent composition (%)
of phytoplankton groups on Transect 5, November 4, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
B
TRANSECT 5
C D E
Diatoms (cells/ml)
(%)
Dinoflagellates
(%)
Chlorophyceae
(%)
Chrysophyceae
(%)
Cryptophyceae
(%)
Euglenophyceae
(%)
Unid. flagellates
(%)
Cy anophy t e s
(%)
995
(57.5)
260
(15.0)
30
( 1.7)
5
( 0.3)
15
( 0.9)
425
(24.5)
645
(59.7)
125
(11.6)
25
( 2.3)
5
( 0.5)
280
(25.9)
740
(63.0)
215
(18.3)
10
( 0.9)
5
( 0.4)
200
(17.0)
5
( 0.4)
230
(55.4)
65
(15.7)
10
( 2.4)
15
( 3.6)
15
( 3.6)
55
(13.3)
25
( 6.0)
375
(45.5)
130
(15.8)
40
( 4.8)
5
( 0.6)
25
( 3.0)
225
(27.3)
25
( 3.0)
410
(55.8)
175
(23.8)
10
( 1.4)
5
( 0.7)
___
135
(18.4)
___
720
(74.2)
90
( 9.3)
10
( 1.0)
10
( 1.0)
10
( 1.0)
130
(13.4)
— __
588
(59.4)
151
(15.3)
19
( 1.9)
5
( Q.5)
4
( 0.4)
7
( 0.-7)
207
(20.9)
8
( 0.8)
Total Concentration
cells/ml 1,730 1,080 1,175 415 825 735 970 990
352
-------
Appendix Table 8.10.
Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 1, May 28, 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
1A
DIATOMS
Amphiprora sp.
Amphora levis (?)
Amphora marina
Asterionella japonica
Bacteriastrum delicatulum
Ceratulina bergonii
Chaetoceros affinis
Chaetoceros didymus
Chaetoceros diversus
Chaetoceros meulleri (?)
Chaetoceros pelagicus
Chaetoceros subtilis
Chaetoceros wighami (?)
Chaetoceros sp. A
w Chaetoceros spp.
uj Coccojieis sp.
Grammatophora marina
Gyrosigma sp.
Leptocylindrus danicus
Leptocylindrus minimus
Licmophora abbreviata (?)
Navicula membranacea
Navicula sp. B
Navicula spp.
Nitzschia closterium
Nitzschia longissima
Nitzschia pungens
Nitzschia sigma
Nitzschia spathulata
Nitschia spp.
16
IB
1C
STATIONS
ID
IE
1G
21
II
47
416
554
0
185
82
62
0
308
554
0
93
123
0
0
62
431
0
123
246
0
0
232
355
0
328
232
355
0
62
277
0
31
31
62
0
0
0
0
21
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
47
785
0
0
154
47
123
0
62
1,631
0
0
92
0
0
0
0
1,169
0
31
0
31
0
0
0
602
123
0
0
137
0
0
0
677
62
0
93
62
0
0
0
221
0
0
0
0
0
21
0
93
0
0
21
0
0
0
-------
00
1A
2,585
552
400
693
0
0
93
IB
1,539
677
277
246
0
0
139
1C
3,016
985
154
62
31
0
62
STATIONS
ID
1,285
780
137
396
82
0
1,299
IE
585
462
0
431
0
0
462
1G
21
0
216
0
0
31
72
11
41
0
11
0
0
0
0
Appendix Table 8.10. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 1, May 28,
1980, Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
Rhizosolenia fragilissima
Rhizosolenia setigera
Rhizosolenia stolterfothii
Skeletonema costatum
Thalassionema nitzschioides
Thalassiosira aestivalis
Thalassiosira spp.
Tropidoneis lepidoptera
DINOFLAGELLATES
Amphidinium sp.
Goniaulax diacantha
Goniaulax spinifera
Gymnodinium verruculosam (?)
Gymnodinium sp. A
Gymnodinium spp.
Gyrodinium spp.
Peridinium sp.
Prorocentrum redfieldi
Ptychodiscus brevis (G. breve)
Unidentified dinoflagellates
CHRYSOPHYCEAE
Apendinella sp.
Calycomonas ovalis
Calycomonas wulffii
CRYPTOPHYCEAE
Cryptomonas sp.
EUGLENOPHYCEAE
Eutreptia sp.
HAPTOPHYCEAE
Isochrysis sp.
231
31
123
277
123
62
0
31
1,170
62
0
585
154
0
769
31
0
123
0
0
31
144
0
0
46
82
0
0
11
93
137
-------
Appendix Table 8.10. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 1, May 28,
1980, Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
CO
ui
ui
UNIDENTIFIED PHYTOFLAGELLATES
Flagellate Type A
Flagellate Type B
Flagellate Type C
Flagellate Type D
Other Flagellates
CYANOPHYTES
Anabaena sp.
Anacystis montana (?)
Osoillatoria erythraea
SUMMARY DATA
# Species
Average Concentration, cells/ml
1A
185
862
31
0
2,893
0
0
0
IB
1,354
1,108
93
0
3,631
31
0
0
1C
862
985
123
0
4,246
31
93
31
STATIONS
ID
55
1,067
396
1,176
2,379
96
68
0
IE
0
1,108
185
123
2,277
62
0
0
1G
0
539
87
0
1,175
0
0
0
11
21
257
62
0
534
0
0
0
25
12,337
21
12,759
24
14,005
25
12,031
21
7,176
12
2,584
10
1,134
-------
Appendix Table 8.11.
Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 3, May 29, 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
CO
ui
DIATOMS
Amphiprora sp.
Amphora levis (?)
Amphora marina
Asterionella japonica
Bacteriastrum delicatulum
Ceratulina bergonii
Chaetoceros affinis
Chaetoceros didymus
Chaetoceros diversus
Chaetoceros meulleri (?)
Chaetoceros pelagicus
Chaetoceros subtilis
Chaetoceros wighami (?)
Chaetoceros sp. A
Chaetoceros spp.
Cocconeis sp.
Grammatophora marina
Gyrosigma sp.
Leptocylindrus danicus
Leptocylindrus minimus
Licmophora abbreviata (?)
Navicula membranacea
Navicula sp. B
Navicula spp.
Nitzschia closterium
Nitzschia longissima
Nitzschia pungens
Nitzschia sigma
Nitzschia spathulata
Nitzschia spp.
Rhizosolenia fragilissima
Rhizosolenia setigera
Rhizosolenia stolterfothii
3A
246
0
123
0
93
0
369
0
216
0
339
400
0
615
0
0
431
62
34
62
0
0
768
246
185
3B
164
41
0
0
82
82
451
123
123
0
369
862
0
574
41
0
369
205
0
0
41
0
1,108
287
0
3C
0
0
0
0
0
0
349
103
164
123
226
82
0
267
0
0
185
123
0
0
0
0
1,005
390
0
STATIONS
3D
0
0
0
62
0
0
72
123
134
0
462
144
0
749
103
0
113
31
0
0
0
0
513
123
154
3E
0
0
0
0
0
0
103
0
0
67
46
0
0
292
36
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
72
52
93
3G
0
0
13
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
49
0
13
25
136
37
0
0
0
0
0
91
31
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
0
0
0
11
31
0
0
0
» 21
72
0
0
11
0
0
93
-------
Appendix Table 8.0.1. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 3, May 29, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
Skeletonema costatum
Thalassionema nitzschioides
Thalassiosira aestivalis
Thalassiosira spp.
Tropidoneis lepidoptera
DINOFLAGELLATES
Amphidiniunt sp.
Goniaulax diacantha
Goniaulax spinifera
Gymnodinium verruculosam (?)
Gymnodinium sp. A
Gymnodinium spp.
Gyrodinium spp.
Peridinium sp.
Prorocentrum redfieldi
Ptychodiscus brevis (G. breve)
Unidentified dinoflagellates
3A
93
770
339
0
492
0
0
3B
82
287
164
0
328
0
0
3C
62
82
513
0
205
0
0
STATIONS
3D
0
205
113
0
123
31
0
3E
0
31
21
16
87
0
0
3G
0
0
49
0
98
0
0
31
0
0
52
11
124
0
11
16
271
667
CHRYSOPHYCEAE
Apendinella sp.
Calycomonas ovalis
Calycomonas wulffii
CRYPTOPHYCEAE
Cryptomonas sp.
EUGLENOPHYCEAE
Eutreptia sp.
HAPTOPHYCEAE
Isochrysis sp.
123
154
287
451
123
410
31
226
16
139
37
49
31
11
390
128
99
41
-------
Appendix Table 8.11. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 3,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
May 29, 1980,
OJ
ui
oo
UNIDENTIFIED PHYTOFLAGELLATES
Flagellate Type A
Flagellate Type B
Flagellate Type C
Flagellate Type D
Other Flagellates
CYANOPHYTES
Anabaena sp.
Anacystis montana (?)
Oscillatoria erythraea
SUMMARY DATA
# Species
Average Concentration, cells/ml
3A
0
1,846
924
2,000
4,585
0
62
26
15,574
3B
123
1,518
1,354
3,323
4,431
41
0
28
17,024
3C
144
1,067
451
1,211
4,390
0
0
23
12,126
STATIONS
3D
123
1,077
205
400
3,405
31
62
27
9,205
3E
0
590
87
0
1,728
0
21
22
3,698
3G
37
591
13
0
948
0
0
18
2,569
31
11
595
21
0
1,017
0
0
19
2,842
-------
Appendix Table 8.12.
Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 5, May 30,
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
1980, Northern
u>
in
DIATOMS
Amphiprora sp.
Amphora levis (?)
Amphora marina
Asterionella japonica
Bacteriastrum delicatulum
Ceratulina bergonii
Chaetoceros affinis
Chaetoceros didymus
Chaetoceros diversus
Chaetoceros meulleri (?)
Chaetoceros pelagicus
Chaetoceros subtilis
Chaetoceros wighami (?)
Chaetoceros sp. A
Chaetoceros spp.
Cocconeis sp,
Grammatophora marina
Gyrosigma sp.
Leptocylindrus danicus
Leptocylindrus minimus
Licmophora abbreviata (?)
Navicula membranacea
Navicula sp. B
Navicula spp.
Nitzschia closterium
Nitzschia longissima
Nitzschia pungens
Nitzschia sigma
Nitaschia spathulata
Nitzschia spp.
Rhizosolenia fragilissima
Rhizosolenia setigera
Rhizosolenia stolterfothii
5A
5B
5C
STATIONS
5D
5E
11
5G
21
51
0
0
0
31
0
0
0
41
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
31
0
0
0
47
0
0
72
82
0
667
0
0
42
0
31
83
0
0
0
0
0
11
0
62
123
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16
31
0
0
0
0
0
72
11
0
21
0
0
0
0
31
185
554
93
0
31
0
93
0
41
656
82
0
0
0
0
0
0
769
0
0
0
0
80
31
0
355
108
0
16
0
0
0
11
0
31
11
52
0
11
21
0
11
11
11
21
0
0
0
0
0
72
0
42
21
0
0
11
52
-------
CO
Appendix Table 8.12. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 5, May 30, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
Thalassionema nitzschioides
Thalassiosira aestivalis
Thalassiosira spp.
Tropidoneis lepidoptera
DINOFLAGELLATES
Amphidinium sp.
Goniaulax diacantha
Goniaulax spinifera
Gymnodinium verruculosam (?)
Gymnodinium sp. A
Gymnodinium spp.
Gyrodinium spp.
Peridinium sp.
Prorocentrum redfieldi
Ptychodiscus brevis (G. breve)
Unidentified dinoflagellates
CHRYSOPHYCEAE
Apendinella sp.
Calycomonas ovalis
Calycomonas wulffii
CRYPTOPHYCEAE
Cryptomonas sp.
EUGLENOPHYCEAE
Eutreptia sp.
HAPTOPHYCEAE
Isochrysis sp.
5A
1,078
0
339
0
0
0
0
0
62
0
0
0
0
0
124
0
5B
1,066
0
738
41
0
0
0
0
41
0
0
0
0
41
82
0
5C
511
0
203
80
31
0
25
0
62
0
0
0
0
25
62
0
STATIONS
5D
200
0
62
154
0
0
46
0
16
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5E
11
11
621
0
0
0
11
52
62
0
0
134
0
0
21
0
5G
0
11
72
0
0
0
0
144
0
0
11
216
11
21
11
0
51
0
0
0
0
0
11
0
175
11
52
11
533
0
21
21
11
502
656
308
170
31
21
72
339
985
548
200
113
52
144
-------
u>
en
Appendix Table 8.12. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 5, May 30, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
UNIDENTIFIED PHYTOFLAGELLATES
Flagellate Type A
Flagellate Type B
Flagellate Type C
Flagellate Type D
Other Flagellates
CYANOPHYTES
Anabaena sp.
Anacystis montana (?)
Oscillatoria erythraea
SUMMARY DATA
# Species
Average Concentration, cells/ml
5A
31
1,146
0
0
2,585
0
0
0
17
7,378
5B
123
1,682
41
0
2,133
0
0
0
17
8,531
5C
0
979
31
0
1,754
80
31
0
19
5,660
STATIONS
5D
47
877
31
0
1,169
123
31
16
21
3,746
5E
72
349
0
0
554
0
31
0
26
3,235
5G
41
400
0
11
636
0
0
0
25
1,922
51
31
820
0
0
851
0
0
11
21
3,004
-------
Appendix Table 8.13.
Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 1, October 29, 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
DIATOMS
Amphiprora sp.
Amphora levis (?)
Amphora marina
Amphora spp.
Asterionella japonica
Bacteriastrum delicatulum
Bacteriastrum spp.
Biddulphia alternans
Biddulphia aurita
Ceratulina bergonii
Chaetoceros affinis
Chaetoceros atlanticus
Chaetoceros compressus
Chaetoceros curvisetus
Chaetoceros decipiens
Chaetoceros didymus
Chaetoceros diversus
Chaetoceros lorenzianus
Chaetoceros meulleri (?)
Chaetoceros peruvianus
Chaetoceros wighami (?)
Chaetoceros sp. A
Chaetoceros spp.
Corethron criophylum
Coscinodiscus spp.
Cyclotella (?) sp.
Cymatosira belgica
Grammatophora marina
Guinardia flaccida
Gyrosigma spp.
Hemiaulus membranaceous
Leptocylindrus danicus
Leptocylindrus minimus
1A
0
0
0
315
5
0
0
5
0
0
15
0
50
25
0
0
25
10
0
0
0
0
170
120
IB
5
0
0
75
5
0
0
0
5
0
40
30
0
25
0
0
60
10
0
0
0
0
85
20
1C
0
0
5
65
15
5
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
15
0
0
10
0
0
0
5
10
145
10
STATIONS
ID
0
0
0
115
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
80
185
0
10
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
125
160
IE
5
0
0
40
0
20
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
5
0
0
0
120
40
1G
5
0
0
15
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
0
5
15
0
0
15
40
11
10
25
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
15
0
0
0
20
0
5
20
0
5
0
0
0
20
5
-------
U)
cr>
u>
DINOFLAGELLATES
Amphidinium sp.
Amphisolenia (?)
Ceratium furca
Ceratium sp. A
sp.
1A
0
5
0
IB
0
0
5
1C
0
0
0
STATIONS
ID
0
0
0
IE
0
0
0
1G
5
15
0
11
0
0
0
Appendix Table 8.13. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 1, October 29, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida,
Licmophora abbreviata
Lithodesmium undulatum
Navicula membranacea
Navicula salinarum (?)
Navicula wawrikae
Navicula sp. A
Navicula sp. B
Navicula spp.
Nitzschia closterium
Nitzschia constricta (?)
Nitzschia longissima
Nitzschia pungens
Nitzschia sigma
Nitzschia spathulata
Nitzschia spp.
Pleurosigma salinarum (?)
Pleurosigma strigosum
Pleurosigma spp.
Rhizosolenia alata
Rhizosolenia fragilissima
Rhizosolenia setigera
Rhizosolenia stolterfothii
Skeletonema costatum
Thalassionema nitzschioides
Thalassiosira aestivalis
Thalassiosira spp.
Thalassiothrix sp.
Tropidoneis lepidoptera
Unidentified centric diatoms
Unidentified naviculoid diatoms
Unidentified pennate diatoms
65
60
0
0
335
5
20
5
0
5
0
230
0
0
2,230
335
165
0
5
0
0
10
50
0
10
170
0
10
0
5
0
0
50
5
0
970
190
250
0
5
0
0
30
20
0
0
140
5
10
0
10
0
0
80
0
0
520
405
70
5
0
0
5
20
30
5
0
180
0
15
0
0
0
5
160
20
0
530
195
20
0
0
0
5
5
10
0
5
120
0
0
0
0
0
5
10
0
0
90
0
0
0
0
0
5
30
10
0
0
5
5
0
0
0
0
15
560
10
5
0
0
0
0
0
5
5
5
15
0
0
25
0
0
0
0
0
5
110
0
5
0
0
0
5
0
5
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
-------
Appendix Table 8.13. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 1, October 29, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
U)
Goniaulax polygranaaa (?)
Goniaulax spp.
Gymnodinium spp.
Gyrodinium spp.
Peridinium spp.
Polykrikos schwartzii
Prorocentrum micans
Prorocentrum redfieldi
Prorocentrum spp.
Ptychodiscus brevis (G. breve)
Unidentified dinoflagellates
CHLOROPHYCEAE
Chlamydomonas spp.
CHRYSOPHYCEAE
Calycomonas ovalis
Unidentified Chrysophyte sp.
CRYPTOPHYCEAE
Chroomonas sp.
Cryptomonas sp.
EUGLENOPHYCEAE
Euglena spp.
Eutieptia sp.
UNIDENTIFIED PHYTOFLAGELLATES
Flagellate Type A
Flagellate Type B
Flagellate Type C
Flagellate Type D
Other Flagellates
1A
30
0
20
25
110
0
65
25
0
0
IB
10
0
0
10
30
0
10
0
0
5
1C
20
0
15
0
50
0
5
0
0
0
STATIONS
ID
20
0
15
15
55
10
25
0
0
5
IE
0
0
0
0
30
0
30
5
0
0
1G
0
0
20
5
50
0
0
10
0
0
11
10
5
5
0
80
0
45
10
115
0
65
40
15
5
0
5
40
10
10
0
0
10
40
15
10
5
0
15
20
5
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
5
5
0
0
0
15
0
0
10
15
10
0
190
35
40
20
0
180
20
10
20
5
150
80
20
0
0
100
20
15
5
0
35
100
25
10
0
20
100
20
0
0
105
-------
Appendix Table 8.13. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 1, October 29, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
CYANOPHYTES
Rnabaena sp.
Anacystis montana (?)
Oscillatoria erythraea
SUMMARY DATA
# Species
Average Concentration, cells/ml
1A
0
0
25
40
4,865
IB
10
0
5
39
2,515
1C
10
5
10
41
1,995
STATIONS
ID
20
0
0
33
2,260
IE
0
0
5
26
660
1G
0
0
0
31
1,040
11
0
0
5
32
850
u>
o\
in
-------
Appendix Table 8.14.
Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 3, Stations A-G, October 31,
1980, and Transect 3, Station I, November 4, 1980, Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
u)
DIATOMS
Amphiprora sp.
Amphora levis (?)
Amphora marina
Amphora spp.
Asterionella japonica
Bacteriastrum delicatulum
Bacteriastrum spp.
Biddulphia. alternans
Biddulphia aurita
Ceratulina bergonii
Chaetoceros affinis
Chaetoceros atlanticus
Chaetoceros compressus
Chaetoceros curvisetus
Chaetoceros decipiens
Chaetoceros didymus
Chaetoceros diversus
Chaetoceros lorenzianus
Chaetoceros meulleri (?)
Chaetoceros peruvianus
Chaetoceros wighami (?)
Chaetoceros sp. A
Chaetoceros spp.
Corethron criophylum
Coscinodiscus spp.
Cyclotella (?) sp.
Cymatosira belgica
Granuoatophora marina
Guinardia flaccida
Gyxosigma spp.
Hemiaulus membranaceous
Leptocylindrus danicus
Leptocylindrus minimus
Licmophora abbreviata
Lithodesmium undulaturn
3A
3B
3C
STATIONS
3D
3E
10
3G
31
30
60
580
30
70
0
530
0
140
0
0
80
0
40
0
0
110
190
20
10
0
10
0
0
40
10
460
320
0
20
30
630
50
100
0
470
35
170
0
0
0
30
20
0
70
130
210
0
10
0
130
40
170
40
0
510
250
0
10
70
810
50
0
30
750
70
660
570
0
70
130
100
20
0
0
180
30
10
40
0
30
0
30
0
780
530
0
10
15
70
0
5
0
320
0
305
0
100
0
0
0
25
0
0
80
30
20
0
0
0
0
0
5
385
75
0
0
15
60
0
0
0
75
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
20
10
0
10
10
0
5
0
0
10
20
65
0
20
20
0
0
0
0
15
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
5
0
15
5
5
0
5
0
0
0
0
15
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
5
0
40
10
0
-------
Appendix Table 8.14. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 3, Stations A-G,
October 31, 1980, and Transect 3, Station I, November 4, 1980, Northern Pinellas County
Area, Florida.
U)
cry
Navicula loembranacea
Navicula salinarum (?)
Navicula wawrikae
Navicula sp. A
Navicula sp. B
Navicula spp.
Nitzschia closterium
Nitzschia constricta (?)
Nitzschia longissima
Nitzschia pungens
Nitzschia sigma
Nitzschia spathulata
Nitzschia spp.
Pleurosigma salinarum (?)
Pleurosigma strigosum
Pleurosigma spp.
Rhizosolenia alata
Khizosolenia fragilissima
Rhizosolenia setigera
Rhizosolenia stolterfothii
Skeletonema costatum
Thalassionema nitzschioid.es
Thalassiosira aestivalis
Thalassiosira spp.
Thalassiothrix sp.
Tropidoneis lepidoptera
Unidentified centric diatoms
Unidentified naviculoid diatoms
Unidentified pennate diatoms
DINOFLAGELLATES
Amphidinium sp.
Amphisolenia (?)
3A
3B
3C
STATIONS
3D
3E
10
3G
31
0
0
0
140
280
0
0
0
210
230
0
10
10
250
370
0
0
10
120
60
0
0
0
65
70
5
0
0
50
10
0
0
0
15
10
1,
4,
610
0
5
20
0
20
10
040*
20
70
280
180
120
5
5
60
10
20
570
0
30
30
0
20
10
920
40
30
5,670
120
420
0
0
45
0
5
770
10
10
140
0
20
70
570
40
60
6,140
100
210
30
30
60
10
0
290
0
10
20
5
10
0
415
20
90
1,170
0
20
0
0
40
15
5
85
0
10
5
0
0
0
120
25
0
115
0
0
10
20
5
30
10
15
0
0
5
0
0
0
30
10
20
40
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
50
0
0
5
0
0
0
55
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
sp.
-------
Appendix Table 8.14. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 3, Stations A-G,
October 31, 1980, and Transect 3, Station I, November 4, 1980, Northern Pinellas County
Area, Florida.
03
Ceratium furca
Ceratium sp. A
Goniaulax polygramma (?)
Goniaulax spp.
Gymnodinium spp.
Gyrodinium spp.
Peridinium spp.
Polykrikos schwartzii
Prorocentrum mi cans
Prorocentrum redfield!
Prorocentrum spp.
Ptychodiscus brevis (G. breve)
Unidentified Binoflagellates
CHLOROPHYCEAE
Chlamydomonas spp.
CHRYSOPHYCEAE
Calycomonas ovalis
Unidentified Chrysophyte sp.
CRYPTOPHYCEAE
Chroomonas sp.
Cryptomonas sp.
EUGLENOPHYCEAE
Euglena spp.
Eutreptia sp.
UNIDENTIFIED PHYTOFLAGELLATES
Flagellate Type A
Flagellate Type B
3A
90
60
100
0
160
0
10
40
190
0
10
3B
30
0
100
0
160
0
10
70
90
0
20
3C
60
0
170
10
120
0
30
80
70
0
40
STATIONS
3D
15
0
105
0
80
5
0
50
45
0
0
3E
30
0
60
0
50
0
10
55
15
0
10
3G
20
0
20
0
5
0
5
5
25
145
0
31
20
0
20
0
10
0
10
20
10
230
5
120
110
0
40
0
10
90
140
70
30
10
40
50
0
40
150
100
40
15
50
30
0
70
100
55
15
120
50
0
40
110
60
40
30
55
0
0
75
30
20
0
10
0
5
15
5
15
10
0
5
0
0
35
0
-------
Appendix Table 8.14. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 3, stations A-G,
October 31, 1980, and Transect 3, Station I, November 4, 1980, Northern Pinellas County
Area, Florida.
w
0\
<£>
Flagellate Type C
Flagellate Type D
Other Flagellates
CYANOPHYTES
Anabaena sp.
Anacystis montana (?)
Oscillatoria erythraea
SUMMARY DATA
# Species
Average Concentration, cells/ml
3A
90
150
840
160
0
0
54
12,035
3B
130
250
820
0
0
100
53
13,635
3C
170
200
950
10
30
0
63
16,245
STATIONS
3D
140
55
470
35
0
0
47
5,140
3E
5
15
545
30
0
0
37
1,875
3G
5
10
145
5
0
0
41
850
31
0
5
100
5
0
10
30
755
-------
Appendix Table 8.15.
Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 5, November 4, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
-j
o
DIATOMS
Amphiprora sp.
Amphora levis (?)
Amphora marina
Amphora spp.
Asterionella japonica
Bacteriastrum delicatulum
Bacteriastrum spp.
Biddulphia alternans
Biddulphia aurita
Ceratulina bergonii
Chaetoceros affinis
Chaetoceros atlanticus
Chaetoceros compressus
Chaetoceros curvisetus
Chaetoceros decipiens
Chaetoceros didymus
Chaetoceros diversus
Chaetoceros lorenzianus
Chaetoceros meulleri (?)
Chaetoceros peruvianus
Chaetoceros wighami (?)
Chaetoceros sp. A
Chaetoceros spp.
Corethron criophylum
Coscinodiscus spp.
Cyclotella (?) sp.
Cymatosira belgica
Grammatophora marina
Guinardia flaccida
Gyrosigma spp.
Hemiaulus membranaceous
Leptocylindrus danicus
Leptocylindrus minimus
Licmophora abbreviata
5A
0
10
0
5B
0
0
0
5C
STATIONS
5D
5E
15
5
0
10
10
5
55
0
0
5G
35
0
0
51
15
35
5
10
5
0
0
15
0
120
25
0
0
0
5
60
0
0
5
0
0
15
40
0
25
5
0
0
25
30
0
0
0
35
0
95
0
0
0
10
15
0
0
5
0
0
0
25
0
45
0
25
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
30
0
65
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
0
0
0
0
50
90
25
0
0
0
0
0
0
70
0
0
0
55
80
25
80
0
0
0
0
65
0
0
0
5
10
30
85
5
0
5
0
20
35
0
15
0
0
0
90
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
5
10
0
0
25
0
0
5
0
15
60
0
-------
Appendix Table 8.15. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 5, November 4, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
STATIONS
Lithodesmium undulatum
Navicula membranacea
Navicula salinarum (?)
Navicula wawrikae
Navicula sp. A
Navicula sp. B
Navicula spp.
Nitzschia closterium
Nitzschia constricta (?)
Nitzschia longissima
Nitzschia pungens
Nitzschia sigma
Nitzschia spathulata
Nitzschia spp.
w Pleurosigma salinarum (?)
J^ Pleurosigma strigosum
Pleurosigma spp.
Rhizosolenia alata
Rhizosolenia fragilissima ,
Rhizosolenia setigera
Rhizosolenia stolterfothii
Skeletonema costatum
Thalassionema nitzschioides
Thalassiosira aestivalis
Thalassiosira spp.
Thalassiothrix sp.
Tropidoneis lepidoptera
Unidentified centric diatoms
Unidentified naviculoid diatoms
Unidentified pennate diatoms
DINOFLAGELLATES
Amphidinium sp.
Amphisolenia (?) sp.
5A
0
5
0
30
0
215
30
5
55
15
0
0
195
5
0
0
10
0
20
35
5B
0
0
0
35
5
75
20
15
35
10
0
0
140
25
5
20
25
0
10
10
5C
0
0
0
25
15
95
25
10
75
20
10
0
120
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
5D
0
0
0
10
0
15
5
0
15
5
0
5
15
5
0
0
15
0
0
0
5E
0
0
0
0
0
15
10
0
15
0
5
10
115
5
0
0
30
0
5
5
5G
15
0
0
0
0
5
5
0
75
10
0
10
30
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
51
0
0
5
0
0
0
5
0
95
0
0
60
5
65
0
15
0
10
5
0
-------
Appendix Table 8.15. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 5, November 4, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
w
Ceratium furca
Ceratium sp. A
Goniaulax polygramma (?)
Goniaulax spp.
Gymnodinium spp.
Gyrodinium spp.
Peridinium spp.
Polykrikos schwartzii
Prorocentrum micans
Prorocentrum redfieldi
Prorocentrum spp.
Ptychodiscus brevis (G. breve)
Unidentified Dinoflagellates
CHLOROPHYCEAE
Chlamydomonas spp.
CHRYSOPHYCEAE
Calycomonas ovalis
Unidentified Chrysophyte sp.
CRYPTOPHYCEAE
Chroomonas sp.
Cryptomonas sp.
EUGLENOPHYCEAE
Euglene spp.
Eutreptia sp.
UNIDENTIFIED PHYTOFLAGELLATES
Flagellate Type A
Flagellate Type B
5A
15
30
10
0
10
170
20
0
5
30
5
0
0
15
0
0
65
30
5B
10
20
25
0
5
50
15
0
0
25
5
0
0
0
0
0
30
20
5C
5
20
5
5
30
125
25
0
0
10
5
0
0
0
0
0
35
20
STATIONS
5D
0
10
5
0
5
25
15
5
0
10
10
5
0
0
10
5
10
5
5E
0
5
25
0
10
30
30
30
0
40
0
0
0
5
25
0
30
10
5G
20
25
25
0
5
15
10
75
0
10
5
0
0
0
0
0
30
5
51
20
20
20
0
0
15
10
5
0
10
0
0
10
0
10
0
20
10
-------
Appendix Table 8.15. Continued. Average density (cells/ml) of phytoplankton species on Transect 5, November 4, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
Flagellate Type C
Flagellate Type D
Other Flagellates
CYANOPHYTES
Anabaena sp.
Anacystis montana (?)
Oscillatoria erythraea
SUMMARY DATA
# Species
Average Concentration, cells/ml
5A
5
25
300
0
0
0
41
1,730
5B
30
5
195
0
0
0
37
1,080
5C
0
5
140
0
5
0
35
1,175
STATIONS
5D
0
10
30
5
10
10
36
415
5E
0
0
185
0
10
15
29
825
5G
0
0
100
0
0
0
28
735
51
0
0
100
0
0
0
30
970
-J
U)
-------
Appendix Table 8.16.
Phytoplankton abundance in various estuarine, coastal, and offshore waters of the
Gulf of Mexico.
Area
Offshore waters;
Central Gulf of Mexico
Central Eastern Gulf of Mexico
Abundance,
cells/ml
Time of Year/
Date
Reference
0.1 September
1-2 November-December
Fucase, 1967
Hulbert and Corwin, 1972
GJ
*-J
ife
Coastal waters:
West of Anclote Key (0.25 miles)
North of Egmont Key
Mouth of Tampa Bay
Offshore Tampa Bay (10 miles)
Gulf of Mexico adjacent to Anclote Key
Gulf of Mexico adjacent to Anclote Key
Clearwater to Naples (12 miles offshore)
Estuaries;
Anclote Anchorage
Anclote River
Tampa Bay System, Florida
Hillsborough Bay
Old Tampa Bay
Mid Tampa Bay
Lower Tampa Bay
56C
400C
404£
30a
178
1910
393L
1420
1490
1200
1200
800
800
May 1973
Spring and Summer 1971
May 1966
May 1966
All seasons 1973
All seasons 1974
December 1954
All seasons
All seasons
All seasons
All seasons
All seasons
All seasons
Johansson, 1975
Turner, 1972
Saunders and Glenn, 1969
Saunders and Glenn, 1969
Gibson and Hopkins, 1974
Gibson, Johansson,
Gorman and Hopkins, 1974
Odum, Lackey, Hynes,
and Marshall, 1955
Gibson et al., 1974
Gibson et al., 1974
Turner, 1972
Turner, 1972
Turner, 1972
Turner, 1972
a
b
c
d
= Only diatoms counted.
= Only net plankton counted.
= Only Skeletoneraa costs turn present.
= Only Ptychodiscus brevis counted.
-------
Appendix Table 8.17. Community characteristics at phytoplankton sampling stations,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
May 1980
October 1980
Station
1A
IB
1C
ID
IE
1G
11
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3G
31
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5G
51
No.
Species
25
21
24
25
21
12
10
26
28
23
27
~22
18
19
17
17
19
21
26
25
21
Density Diversity
(cells/ml) (H1)
12,377
12,759
14,005
12,031
7,176
2,584
1,134
15,574
17,024
12,126
9,205
3,698
2,569
2,842
7,378
8,351
5,660
3,746
3,235
1,922
3,004
2.46
2.34
2.23
2.85
2.29
1.71
1.60
2.53
2.50
2.40
2.43
1.98
2.03
1.83
2.09
2.13
2.14
2.21
2.37
2.24
2.03
Equitability
(J1)
0.76
0.77
0.70
0.88
0.75
0.69
0.70
0.78
0.75
0.77
0.74
0.64
0.70
0.62
0.74
0.75
0.73
0.73
0.73
0.70
0.67
No.
Species
40
39
31
33
26
31
32
54
53
63
47
37
41
30
41
37
35
36
29
28
30
Density Diversity Equitability
(cells/ml) (H1) (J1)
4,865
2,515
1,995
2,260
660
1,040
850
12,035
13,635
16,245
5,140
1,875
850
755
1,730
1,080
1,175
415
825
735
970
2.27
2.47
2.61
2.75
2.65
2.05
2.86
2.74
2.61
2.74
2.98
2.91
3.08
2.65
2.96
3.10
3.03
3.36
2.81
2.91
2.99
0.62
0.67
0.70
0.79
0.81
0.60
0.82
0.69
0.66
0.66
0.77
0.81
0.83
0.78
*
0.80
0.86
0.85
0.94
0.84
0.87
0.88
a? s
-------
Appendix Figure 8.1. Faunal similarity matrix for phytoplankton stations collected in Northern Pinellas County
Area, May 1980 (based on CX values).
u>
HIGH • SIMILARITY (CX>_0.7)
MODERATE SIMILARITY (CXX).5<0.7)
LOW SIMILARITY (CX >_0.3 <0.5)
VERY LOW SIMILARITY (CX<0.3)
-------
Appendix Figure 8.2. Faunal similarity matrix for phytoplankton stations collected in Northern Pinellas County
Area, October-November 1980 (based on- CA values).
Ui
D.07 0.15 0.93 0.9!
HIGH SIMILARITY
MODERATE SIMILARITY (CX >0.5>O.T)
LOW SIMILARITY (CA X).3>0.5)
VERY LOW SIMILARITY (CA >0.3)
-------
CHAPTER NINE
ZOOPLANKTON
BY
T. DUANE PHILLIPS
and
E. NELL BRADY
-------
INTRODUCTION
Zooplankton samples were collected from the Gulf of Mexico
in the north Pinellas County (Florida) area as part of a larger marine
sampling and measurement program. Samples were analyzed to characterize
the zooplankton communities of the area in support of an Environmental
Impact Statement for a proposed offshore sewage outfall.
Quantitative studies of the zooplankton of the Eastern Gulf of
Mexico are lacking. Early investigations were primarily preliminary
taxonomic surveys. King (1950) provided a comprehensive species list
and detailed zooplankton distribution off the west coast of Florida.
Davis (1950) also provided an extensive species list for the Gulf
coast plankton including the phytoplankton and described distribution,
but again presented no quantitative data. The distribution of calanoid
and cyclopoid copepods along the Florida Gulf coast was described by
Gric.e (1960) but he provided neither quantitative information nor data
on other members of the zooplankton community-
Specific objectives of Hie present study were to:
1. Identify and quantify the zooplankton at seven stations
along each of three transects (see Figure 1.2; Chapter 1).
2. Compare zooplankton populations along each transect.
3. Compare zooplankton populations between transects.
4. Predict possible effects of a sewage outfall upon the
zooplankton populations of the area.
4
Since samples were collected only in May and October 1980,
seasonal trends were difficult to discern. However, the data gathered
during this study provide a general idea of the species composition and
relative abundance of the zooplankton indigenous to the area.
379
-------
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Zooplankton samples were collected between May 28 - 30 and
again between October 29 - November 4, 1980 at Stations A, B, C, D,
E, G, and I on Transects 1, 3, and 5 (see Figure 1.2, Chapter 1).
Two replicates were taken at each station with a 0.5 meter (mouth
diameter) 80 pm mesh net. A flowmeter was mounted in the net mouth
so that the volume of water sampled could be determined. At each
station, the net was allowed to sink approximately five meters (or to
the bottom at shallow stations) and then towed obliquely to the sur-
face. Upon retrieval, the net contents were washed into a 0.25 liter
cod-end container. The samples were preserved with buffered 10% formalin.
Each sample was labelled both internally and externally-
In the laboratory, a 1 or 2 ml aliquot (depending on the
apparent abundance of zooplankton in the sample) was withdrawn from
each replicate sample and placed in a gridded petri dish. All animals
contained in the aliquot were enumerated, and identified to the lowest
practical taxonomic level under a Unitron dissecting microscope. If
fewer than 200 animals were found in the initial aliquot, additional
aliquots were withdrawn and sorted until at least 200 organisms were
found.
The number of organisms per m at each station was calculated
from the mean number of organisms of each species from the two replicates.
Data reduction consisted of preparing species lists for each
station and the estimation of the following community characteristics:
• Density (# organisms/m )
• Species richness (# species/station)
• Species diversity (H1)
• Equitability (J1)
• Faunal similarity between stations (C A)
These numerical indices are defined and explained In Chapter 10.
380
-------
RESULTS
Composite species lists detailing zooplankton densities
by station for each sampling period are presented in Appendices
9.1-9.6. A total of 75 taxa were identified during the study.
Species Composition
Percentage composition of the dominant taxa at each station are
presented in Table 9.1 (May, 1980) and Table 9.2 (October, 1980).
Dominant Species
(i) Transect 1.
Copepod nauplii were the dominant taxa at Stations A through D
during both May and October. Oithona brevicornis was the most abundant
adult copepod at offshore stations in May but was replaced by Oithona nana
in October. Paracalanus crassirostris was one of the four most abundant
species during both sampling periods. Bivalve veligers replaced larvacea
as one of the most abundant taxa during October and they were the domi-
nant taxa at Station E.
(ii) Transect 3.
Bivalve veligers, which dominated nearshore stations in May,
were present in greatly reduced numbers during October. Larvacea
(probably Oikopleura sp.) replaced bivalve veligers as one of the
four most abundant taxa during October. Copepod nauplii dominated Inear-
shore stations in October. £. brevicornis and P_. crassirostris were
the dominant adult copepods during both sampling periods.
(iii) Transect 5.
Copepod nauplii, 0. brevicornis and P_. crassirostris were three
of the four most abundant taxa during both May and October. A large
number of bivalve veligers were collected during October. Bivalve
veligers replaced the cladoceran, Penilia avirostris as one of the four
most abundant taxa in October.
381
-------
Table 9.1. Percentage Composition of the Four Most Abundant Species or Groups along
Transects, Northern Pinellas' County Area, Florida. May, 1980.
TRANSECT 1
SPECIES OR GROUP
Copepod naupli i
Unid. Larvacea
Paracalanus crassirostris
Oithona brevicornis
TRANSECT 3
SPECIES OR GROUP
Bivalve veligers
Copepod nauplii
Oithona brevicornis
Paracalanus crassirostris
TRANSECT 5
SPECIES OR GROUP
Oithona brevicornis
Copepod nauplii
Paracalanus crassirostris
Penilia avirostris
STATIONS
A
17
14
12
10
A
36
20
11
6
A
33
18
13
10
B
29
8
10
13
B
51
18
6
4
B
42
28
4
5
C
27
13
9
17
C
67
11
4
3
C
36
14
10
16
D
23
8
6
22
D
15
19
11
7
D
14
10
8
40
.E
10
8
10
27
E
16
17
8
14
E
21
12
18
32
G
32
7
7
15
G
9
29
19
12
G
16
11
22
22
I
21
23
6
12
I
2
21
20
16
I
8
12
26
8
382
-------
Table 9.2. Percentage Composition of the Pour Most Abundant Species or Group
along Transects, Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida. October, 1980.
TRANSECT 1
SPECIES OR GROUP
Copepod nauplii
Paracalanus crassirostris
Bivalve veligers
0. nana
TRANSECT 3
SPECIES OR GROUP
Copepod nauplii
0. brevicornis
Larvacea
P_. crassirostris
TRANSECT 5
SPECIES OR GROUP
Copepod nauplii
Bivalve veligers
0. brevicornis
P. crassirostris
STATIONS
A
51
9
8
6
A
42
7
6
5
A
47
11
8
8
B
47
8
10
6
B
46
7
3
4
B
30
9
8
10
C
28
11
12
7
C
58
7
7
6
C
45
12
4
5
D
31
9
17
8
D
25
6
16
10
D
29
19
2
12
E
19
8
40
4
E
16
22
10
10
E
22
9
7
28
G
20
11
9
24
G
10
6
10
16
G
26
14
4
15
I
17
9
18
19
I
31
2
8
26
I
35
13
2
14
383
-------
Other Species
During both May and October, more of the abundant species
occurred at higher densities nearshore than offshore. The distinct
nearshore to offshore dispersion of several species which was
noted during May was also evident from samples collected in October:'
foraminifera; the tintinnid Favella'sp.; bryozoan cyphonautes
larvae and hemichordate tornaria larvae (which were found primarily
at inshore stations, during both May and October); unidentified'isopods,
and the copepod Euterpina acutifrons were dispersed nearshore during
October.
Several species of copepods, the siphonophores and salps were
taken primarily at offshore stations dxiring both sampling periods.
Three species of calanoid copepods, Centropages bradyi, C^. furcatus
and Labidocera aestiva were only found offshore. Several species of
cyclopoid copepods including Corycaeus catus, C_. latus, C_. lautus and
C_. speciosus also occurred only at the offshore stations.
Community Characteristics
Table 9.3 presents various community parameters for both the May
and October sampling periods. Morisita's Index of faunal similarity is
graphically shown in Figure 9.1 (May, 1930) and Figure 9.2 (.October,
1980) .
Zooplankton densities were generally lower in October than in
May except at offshore stations on Transect 1 (D, G, I) and Transect 3
(D, E, G, I). Densities generally decreased with increasing distance
from shore during October, although this trend was not so apparent as
during May. Densities usually were highest along Transect 3 and lowest
along Transect 5 during both May and October. Species richness was
usually lower in October than in May. "he increase in species number
with distance from shore on all transects during May was not apparent
in October (especially on Transect 1). No trends in either diversity
or equitability were observed.
384
-------
Table 9.3 . Community Characteristics at Zooplankton Sampling Stations, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
May 1980
October 1980
Station
1A
IB
1C
ID
IE
1G
11
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3G
31
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5G
51
No. No.
Species Density Diversity Equitability Species* Density Diversity Equitabilit
26 386,060 2.42 0.74 26 94,321 1.95 0.60
25
24
30
29
29
30
23
25
29
26
24
33
30
21
26
27
24
21
23
28
362,881
431,845
171,237
212,487
47,910
51,672
363,025
732,637
613,363
254,545
124,137
55,394
64,494
107,872
285,525
315,572
250,475
184,318
128,391
68,239
2.39
2.27
2.38
2.08
2.46
2.50
2.12
1.75
1.42
2.47
2.30
2.42
2.49
2.10
1.83
2.13
2.09
1.91
2.14
2.11
0.74
0.72
0.70
0.62
0.73
0.73
0.68
0.54
0.42
0.76
0.72
0.69
0.73
0.69
0.56
0.65
0.66
0.63
0.68
0.70
24
26
23
25
21
20
21
24
23
27
24
• 25
28
19
23
22
26
23
22
22
98,462
150,138
204,331
207,701
81,562
89,077
215,491
139,686
194,965
264,037
149,964
83,069
70,836
88,649
81,310
142,851
45,856
94,239
80,900
. 64,680
2.01
2.41
2.21
2.04
2.26
2.24
2.15
1.98
1.66
2.45
2.41
2.51
2.13
1.93
2.41
2.06
2.22
2.28
2.32
2.13
0.63
0.74
0.70
0.63
0.74
0.75
0.71
0.62
0.53
0.74
0.76
0.78
0.64
0.66
0.77
0.67
0.68
0.73
0.75
0.69
385
-------
LO
OD
Figure 9.1. Trellis diagram depicting
faunal similarity between stations,
May, 1980 (based on CA values).
HIGH SIMILARITY (C/^0,7)
MODERATE SIMILARITY (GteO,5>0,7) ___
LOW SIMILARITY (O0,3*0,5) jgS
VERY LOW SIMILARITY (CM),3) L_J
I
-------
Figure 9.2. Trellis diagram depicting
faunal similarity between stations,
October, 1980 (based on C\ values).
HIGH SIMILARITY (CA >d.7)
MODERATE SIMILARITY (CA >0.5 <0.7)
LOW SIMILARITY (C* >0.3 <0.5)
VERY LOW SIMILARITY1 (C ^ <3)
u>
3G
I^M^H*
31
•^M««
5A
1A
Y///////.
y//.
0.97D.83
51 0.910.910.93 0. 973.73 0.753.75 0.873.85 . 0.86|0.
y//////// '//,
////////s/////.
0.920.88
0.810.78
0.53 0.76
0.83 0.92
0.750.78
Faunal similarity values are based on Morisita's (1959) formula.
-------
Faunal similarity analyses showed high similarity between stations
along Transect 5 and relatively high similarity between stations along
Transect 1 during October. Considerable variation in similarity between
stations along Transect 3 occurred in October. Offshore stations on
Transect 1 (E, G, I) and Stations E and G on Transect 3 exhibited the
lowest similarity when compared with all other stations^
388
-------
DISCUSSION
Marine zooplankton can be classified generally into estuarine,
coastal or oceanic assemblages. Although there may be some overlap
in species composition, each of these assemblages is unique. Estuarine
and coastal areas receive large amounts of nutrients from freshwater
runoff and this, combined with their shallow depths, causes the areas to
be physically and chemically less stable than oceanic waters (Davis,
1955; Perkins, 1974). Production in general, and particularly that of
the plankton, is therefore higher nearshore than in the more stable,
less enriched oceanic province (Davis, 1955). Temporally, zooplankton
production is extremely variable in estuarine and nearshore coastal areas
because of seasonal variations in nutrient loading and the presence or
absence of meroplanktonic organisms* {Davis, 1955; Reeve and Cosper,
1973; Perkins, 1974; Hopkins, 1977).
A standard half-meter mouth diameter, conical plankton net was
used for sample collection during the present study. The net was con-
structed of Nitex nylon with a mesh size of 80 ym. This mesh size is
commonly used for quantifying the larger microzooplankton and smaller
mesozooplankton of coastal waters, and is identical to the mesh size
employed in earlier studies of the Florida west coast zooplankton by King
(1950) and Hopkins (1977). The net filtered a volume of water equal to
several hundred liters on each tow which is sufficient to quantify the
zooplankton population of the study area. Ichthyoplankton is not adequately
sampled by such gear due to small mesh size and short tows. A mesh size
of 333 ym or larger is recommended for quantifying fish eggs and larvae
(Ahlstrom, Sherman, Smith, 1973).
Sampling during the present study was conducted only during May
and October and is therefore .inadequate to detect short-term fluctuations
*Meroplankton density is governed by the spawning activity of local
species which is usually a seasonal occurrence.
389
-------
in species composition or relative abundance? however, the data are
sufficient to indicate that the zooplankton in the study area constitute
a typically coastal assemblage, Zooplankton species compositions along
the study transects were comparable to an earlier study conducted offshore
of Sarasota, Florida (King, 1950). When compared to the zooplankton
densities reported for Biscayne Bay (Reeve and Cosper, 1973) and Tampa Bay
(Hopkins, 1977), the densities in the study area are usually higher,
indicating that it is probably an area of high annual production. Un-
fortunately, quantitative zooplankton studies of similar coastal environ-
ments in south Florida do not exist for ^comparison.
The major constituents of the zooplankton at the nearshore
stations of the study transects are characteristic of southern coastal
and estuarine environment and contain many cosmopolitan shallow water
species including annelid larvae, molluscan veligers and the copepods
Acartia tonsa, Paracalanus crassirostris and Oithona brevicornis.
Collections from both May and October indicate that mer/oplankton makes
up a large portion of the fauna. Seasonal variation in the abundance of
meroplankton and plankton in general undoubtedly occurs -since each species
involved has its optimal spawning period, and levels -of ^spawning activity
differ among species. The present study, however, cannot detail the
magnitude of variation on a temporal basis because of the low frequency
of sampling.
Inshore stations are apparently affected to a great degree by
their proximity to tidal inlets. The bases of Transects 3 and 5 are
located just outside such inlets and currents at these stations are
primarily due to tidal exchange between the bays and the open Gulf (see
Chapter 5) . The flora and fauna of passes are primarily derived from
the estuary :.(Darnell, 1979). Most of the species mentioned above,
particularly A. tonsa, are most abundant in estuaries although they fre-
quently occur in large numbers in nearshore areas. Transport from the
estuary into the sea apparently occurs in A. tonsa and other estuarine
zooplankton species (Darnell and Soniat, 1979). The presence of a large
3^90
-------
number of Anchoa mitchilli (bay anchovy) eggs at Station 3A in May
provides strong evidence that at least part of the fauna at inshore
stations is derived from the bays, since this species spawns almost
exclusively in estuaries. Presumably, eggs and larvae of other fish
species which are estuarine residents occur at nearshore transect
stations (as evidenced by the presence of A. hepsetus and Sciaenid eggs);
however, fish, eggs and larvae were not adequately sampled by the gear
employed during the present study and therefore were not collected in
larger numbers.
The six and ten mile stations (G and I) on each transect,
although generally similar to the inshore stations, begin to exhibit
differences which suggest a more oceanic fauna. The numbers of individuals
of typically coastal species are greatly reduced or, in many cases, species
which were present in large numbers nearshore are absent altogether. Low
numbers of exclusively oceanic forms, such as the salps and siphonophores,
appeared in samples from these offshore stations. A number of species
occurred only at Stations A through E while other species occurred only
at Stations G and I. The relatively uniformity of zooplankton densities
at offshore stations is also indicative of a more stable environment and
more typical of an oceanic fauna.
Transect 5 appears to be different from Transects 1 and 3. In
May, nearshore stations (A through D) exhibited generally lower densities
than the inshore stations on the other transects while the densities at
offshore stations (G and I) were greater than those on Transects 3 and 5.
During October, densities at all stations on Transect 5 were lower than the
corresponding stations on the other transects although densities at Stations
G and I were comparable to those of 1G, II and 3G, 31. These differences
may be attributable to several factors including the unique location of
the transect itself. The transect is located just outside a tidal pass
at the south end of Anclote Key. This area is just west of the Anclote
River with a 14 year average discharge of 57 million gallons per day
(McNulty, Lindall and Sykes, 1972).
391
-------
The influence of this discharge on the inshore stations of Transect 5
can be seen in the salinities which, on the average, were 4-5 o/oo lower
than those of the inshore stations of Transects 3 and 5. (See Chapter 5.)
The influence of freshwater upon this area probably varies seasonally
because of a large range of discharge volumes as illustrated during the
period reported by McNulty et al. (1972). Anclote Power Plant, which
circulates 4400 CFS may also have some influence on the zooplankton
densities at inshore stations. Stations A, B, and C on Transect 5 are
also located shoreward of a sandbar with a depth at low tide of less
than 0.5 m. This barrier probably prevents effective mixing with waters
from the open Gulf. These factors alone or in combination with other
physical characteristics of the site are probably responsible for the
difference in zooplankton densities between Transect 5 and the other
two study transects.
The zooplankton community of the study area can be categorized
as a typical coastal assemblage which gradually shifts to a mixture of
coastal and oceanic fauna with increased distance from shore. Nearshore
stations contain populations which are a mixture of estuarine and littoral
marine forms.
The effects of sewage outfalls on marine zooplankton communities
have received little attention and are therefore not well known. Oxygen
deficiencies and the addition of excessive amounts of nutrients are the
primary effects caused by sewage discharges. Both can lead to a decline
in the zooplankton population of receiving waters (Perkins, 1974). Deter-
gents, oils, grease, and suspended solids are also associated with sewage
outfalls. Lares blooms of planktonic algae may occur in areas where nutrients
are added to the marine environment. Such blooms, while oxygenating surface
layers, may cause anaerobic conditions in the lower water column (Perkins,
1974). Anaerobic conditions caused by algal blooms or BOD loading in the
area would cause an adverse effect upon the zooplankton populations but the
392
-------
magnitude of this effect is unknown. The effect would depend, in part,
upon the size of the area influenced by the outfall. A reduction in
the zooplankton populations, which are a primary food source for many
species, may in turn cause deleterious effects on the populations of
these species.
A sewage outfall in the vicinity of Stations 3D-3E may also
have some effect on the shellfish of the area. May, 1980 zooplankton
collections have shown that molluscan veligers are seasonally abundant
at inshore stations on Transect 3. Anaerobic conditions caused by an
outfall in combination with large amounts of suspended solids could
lead to suffocation of planktonic larvae or could affect recently settled
larvae. Again, it is unknown to what extent this would affect the over-
all shellfish population of the area or recruitment to the population of
other areas.
The fisheries of the area may also suffer adverse effects from
sewage discharge. Sewage is known to impair hatching in cod eggs (Braarud,
1955, in; Perkins, 1974). That large numbers of anchovy eggs occur at
inshore stations is evidenced by collections from May, 1980 at Transect
3. Impaired hatching of eggs or suffocation of newly-hatched larvae may
result in a population reduction of the species which spawn in the area
or nearby. The effects on the overall fish population of the area are,
however, unknown.
393
-------
SUMMARY MO CONCLUSIONS
1. Twenty one stations along three transects were sampled
for zooplankton in May and October 1980. A total of 75 different
taxa were identified from the collections.
2. Copepod nauplii, Paracalanus crassirostris, Oithona
brevicornis and Oithona nana were the predominant species of the '
study area during both May and October 1980.
3. Meroplankton, Including annelid larvae, molluscan veligers
and ichthyoplankton were seasonally abundant, particularly at near-
shore stations on Transect 3.
4. The zooplankton community of the area was found to be a
typically coastal assemblage of moderate diversity. Offshore stations,
although generally similar to those nearshore, contained a fauna
that was characteristically oceanic.
5. The study area is highly productive with seasonally
abundant meroplanktonic organisms. It is a diverse and dynamic system
which is affected by freshwater addition and tidal exchange. Although
zooplankton densities are high compared with other areas of South Florida,
they do not necessarily indicate that the area is eutrophic even though a
large amount of nutrients are probably carried to the nearshore areas through
f."\
the passes. None of the organisms collected are known to be "pollution indi-
cator species".
6. Possible effects of a sewage outfall could include a
localized reduction in the zooplankton community due to anaerobic
conditions or BOD loading. This, in turn, might lead to a reduction
of other species which utilize the zooplankton as a food source. Fish
and shellfish populations may suffer adverse effects due to larval
suffocation and impaired hatching of eggs resulting from anaerobic condi-
tions or high levels of suspended solids.
394
-------
LITERATURE CITED
Ahlstrom, E.H., K. Sherman and P.E. Smith. 1973. Seagoing operations
in ichthyoplankton surveys. In: Fish egg and larval surveys.
G. Hempel, ed. FAO Fish Tech. Pap. 122:82 p.
Darnell, R.M. 1979. The pass as a physically-dominated, open
ecological system. In; Ecological Processes in Coastal and
Marine Systems. R.J. Livingston, ed. Plenum Press, New York, N.Y.
Darnell, R.M. and T.M. Soniat. 1979. The estuary/continental shelf as
an interactive system. In: Ecological Processes in Coastal and
Marine Systems. R.J. Livingston, ed. Plenum Press, New York, N.Y.
Davis, C.C. 1950. Observations of plankton taken in the marine waters
of Florida in 1947 and 1948. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci.,
12(2):67-103.
Davis, C.C. 1955. The marine and Fresh-water Plankton. Mich. St. Univ-
Press.
Grice, G.D. 1960. Calanoid and Cyclopoid Copepods Collected from the
Florida Gulf Coast and Florida Keys in 1954 and 1955. Bull. Mar.
Sci. Gulf & Carib., 10(2):217-226.
Hopkins, T.L. 1977. Zooplankton Distribution in Surface Waters of Tampa
Bay, Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci., 27(3):467-478.
King, J.E. 1950. A Preliminary Report on the Plankton of the West
Coast of Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci^, 12(2):109-137.
McNulty, J.K., W.N. Lindall, Jr., and J.E. Sykes. 1972. Cooperative
Gulf of Mexico Estuarine Inventory and Study, Florida: Phase 1,
Area Description. NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS CIRC-368, 126 p.
Perkins, E.J. 1974. The Biology of Estuarine and Coastal Waters.
Academic Press, New York, N.Y.
Reeve, M.R. and E. Cosper. 1973. The plankton and other seston in Card
Sound, south Florida, in 1971. Univ. Miami, Tech. Rep. 24 p.
395
-------
U)
IO
Appendix 9.1. Average Density (#/m3) of
County Area, Florida.
SPECIES
PROTOZOA
Class Rhizopodea
Order Foraminiferida
Unid. Foraminifera
Class Actinopodea
Unid. Radiolaria
CNIDARIA
Unid. Medusae
Unid. Siphonophores
PLATYHELMINTHES
Class Tubellaria
Order Polycladida
Stylochus sp.
NEMERTINEA
Unid. Pilidium
ANNELIDA
Unid. Larvae
ARTHROPODA
Class Crustacea
Subclass Branchiopoda
Suborder Cladocera
Evadne sp.
Penilia avirostris
Subclass Copepoda
Unid. Nauplii
Unid. Copepodites
Order Calanoida
Acartia tonsa
Centropages furcatus
Labidocera aestiva
Labidocera sp.
Paracalanus crassirostris
Psuedodiaptomus coronatus
Temora turbinata*
Unid. Calanoid
Zooplankton Species at Stations on Transect 1, May 1980, Northern Pinellas
ABC
360 — 492
—
8,120 4,942 3,560
321
720
4,440 19,726 7,091
3,720 641
49,440 9,988 28,295
67,080 103,293 116,200
1,220 1,365 5,498
38,80Q 30,592 24,723
—
— —
1,720 321
44,680 37,282 40,667
1,000 5,862 3,619
4,580 3,453 12,215
500 — 521
STATIONS
D
734
—
996
"
—
—
1,743
629
17,922
40,138
957
8,438
—
223
407
10,506
3,342
3,289
—
E
673
2,817
273
—
—
2,290
400
65,645
20,696
— —
5,217
273
~-
—
20,152
673
1,473
—
G
—
3,558
357
—
—
972
2,482
15,173
1,068
145
924
327
—
3,443
48
530
308
I
—
322
342
—
—
1,446
2,731
10,644
1,829
1,124
482
61
61
3,194
843
2,169
—
*Identification uncertain.
-------
Appendix 9.1. Continued. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species at Stations on Transect 1, May 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
SPECIES STATIONS
A B C D E_
Order Harpacticoida
Euterpina acutifrons 11,260 8,829 23,564 11,805 13,412 453 1,185
Unid. Harpacticoid — — — — 273 — 61
Order Cyclopoida
Corycaeus lautus — — 492 1,520 800 894 1,968
Corycaeus venustus* — — — 669 400 634
Corycaeus sp. 360
Oithona brevicornis 39,560 46,049 73,817 37,953 56,575 7,390 6,066
Oithona plumifera -- 1,685 521 446 1,200 490
Oithona sp. 500 1,324 1,564 223
Saphirella sp. — — — — — 327
Unid. Cyclopoid — 724 521 — — — 61
Order Monstrilloida
Unid. Monstrilloid — — — — — 164
Subclass Cirripedia
Balanus sp. nauplii 2,000 6,265 2,056 1,625 2,800 846 261
Balanus sp. cypris 500 2,006 1,505 407 — 48
Subclass Malacostraca
Order Isopoda
Unid. Isopod — -- -- 223 273 -- 121
Order Decapoda
Suborder Natantia
Lucifer faxoni — 321 1,564 — 673 145 281
Unid. Caridea — — -- — 273 -- 141
Suborder Reptantia
Unid. Brachyura — — 521 446 273 164 61
Upogebia affinis — — — — — 145 61
Unid. Paguridae 360 — -- 223 273 742 121
MOLLUSCA
Gastropod velger 1,580 2,967 3,010 2,922 817 — 281
Bivalve velger 31,480 29,662 22,954 8,960 5,140 434 1,927
HEMICHORDATA
Unid. Tornaria larvae 13,660 14,402 -- 223
CHORDATA
Subphylum Urochordata
Unid. Larvacea 55,540 29,217 56,875 13,638 7,378 3,102 11,869
*Identification uncertain.
-------
U)
t£>
00
Appendix ai. Continued. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species at Stations on Transect 1, May 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
SECIES STATIONS
A B C D E G I
Class Thaliacea
Doliolum sp.* -- — — — — ™ 14
Subphylum Cephalochordata
Branchiostoma sp. 2,880 1,644 — 407 945 2,597 1,908
Subphylum Vertebrata
Class Teleostei
Unid. Sciaenidae egg — — — — **^
Unid. Fish prolarvae — — — 223
# SPECIES 26 25 24 30 29 29 30
TOTAL #/m3 ORGANISMS 386,060 362,881 431,845 171,237 212,487 47,910 51,762
*Identification uncertain.
-------
Appendix 9.2. Average Density (f/m3) of Zoqplankton Species at Stations on Transect 3, May 1980, Northern Pinellas
County Area, Florida.
SPECIES STATIONS
PROTOZOA
Class Rhizopoda
Order Foraminiferida
Unid. Foraminifera
Class Actinopodea
Unid. Radiolaria
Class Ciliatea
Order Tintinnida
Favella sp.
CNIDARIA
Muggiaea sp.*
Unid. Medusae
Unid. Siphonophores
CTENOPHORA
Mnemiopsis sp.
NEMERTINEA
Unid. Pilidium
BRYOZOA
Unid. Cyphonaute larvae
ANNELIDA
Unid. larvae
ARTHROPODA
Class Crustacea
Subclass Branchiopoda
Suborder Cladocera
Evadne sp.
Penilia avirostris
Subclass Copepoda
Unid. Nauplii
Unid. Copepodites
Order Calanoida
Acartia tonsa
Acrocalanus monochus*
Centropages furcatus
A B C D E G I
3,425 988 430 296 — 84
148 426 176
854 600
176
1,126 854 600 860 527 640
73 84
99! __ — 176
1,200 — -- 142 176
2,572
3,926 10,262 929 1,850 379 282 343
1,707
11,764 3,438 11,032 24,479 12,827 1,425 4,554
70,874 133,757 64,913 49,139 21,454 15,375 13,796
3,003 1,732 2,304 2,280 527 146 1,185
17,963 29,379 10,819 6,970 379 1,633 870
696
713 1,990
*Identification uncertain.
-------
Appendix 9.2. Continued. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species at Stations on Transect 3, May 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
SPECIES
Eucalanus pileatus*
Labidocera aestiva
Labidocera sp.
Paracalanus crassirostris
Psuedodiaptomus coronatus
Temora turbinata*
Unid. Gala no id
Order Harpacticoida
Euterpina acutifrons
Unid. Harpacticoid
Order Cyclopoida
Cofycaeus lautus
Corycaeus venustus*
Corycaeus sp.
Oithona brevicornis
pithona nana
** Oithona plumifera
o Oithona sp.
Unid. Cyclopoid
Subclass Cirripedia
Balanus sp. nauplii
Balanus sp. cypris
A
23,349
3,430
1,351
19,478
676
39,163
1,351
676
1,103
i, 205
B
854
28,331
1,732
1,719
15,510
45,625
1,733
854
2,599
1,707
c
600
15,251
3,174
330
14,419
659
600
25,296
600
600
600
3,329
D
2,280
18,035
2,280
5,717
_^
9,871
561
^_^
430
27,487
u«
1,421
2,113
562
E
232
17,825
1,729
611
2,633
232
527
18,416
*-«
— «™^
13,580
G
73
142
6,818
1,145
142
1,929
791
360
10,280
142
851
73
I
9,989
1,203
501
1,389
1,666
500
12,959
176
1,105
167
Subclass Malacostraca
Superorder Eucarida
Order Decapoda
Suborder Natantia
Lucifer faxoni — 867 929 -- — 145
Unid. CarTdeT" - " - 430 - 284 528
Suborder Reptantia
Unid. Brachyura — *~ — ~~ 142
Upogebia affinis — ~ 987 — 232
Unid. Paguridae 552 -- 658 1,421 758 142 352
MOLLUSCA
Gastropod veliger 7,907 13,726 4,761 4,261 739 506 703
Bivalve veliger 129,240 371,481 408,515 38,566 19,268 5,107 1,379
* Identification uncertain.
-------
Appendix 9.2. Continued. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species at Stations on Transect 3, May 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
SPECIES STATIONS
A B C D E G I
ECHINODERMATA
Ophiopluteus larvae — — — 430 -- 284 352
HEMICHORDATA
Unid. Tornaria larvae — — 600
CHORDATA
Subphylum Urochordata
Unid. Larvacea 12,122 46,699 16,064 24,539 8,098 2,838 5,591
Class Thaliacea
Doliolum sp.* — — — — — 73 935
Subphylum Cephalochordata
Branchiostoma sp. 9,560 11,220 22,006 27,142 2,024 2,130 1,389
Subphylum Vertebrata
Class Teleosti
Anchoa hepsetus egg 1,103 — — — —
Anchoa mitchilli egg 1,103
Unid. Sciaenidae egg — — — — — 142 —
o
H # SPECIES 23 25 29 26 24 33 30
TOTAL #/m3 ORGANISMS 363,025 732,637 613,363 254,545 124,137 55,394 64,494
*Identification uncertain.
-------
Appendix 9.3. Average Density (#/m ) of Zooplankton Species at Stations on Transect 5, May 1980, Northern Pinellas
County Area, Florida.
STATIONS
PROTOZOA ' ~ —
Class Rhizopodea
Order Poraminiferida
Unid. Foraminifera — 4 434 — —:
Class Actinopodea
Unid. Radiolaria — 594 ^ .._ 1,126 *
CNIDARIA
Unid. Medusae 1,922 5,118 3,221 21,162 560 2,615 19,031
Unid. Siphonophores -^ 594 838 — — — 906
BRYOZOA
Unid. Cyphonautes larvae 213 — 354
ANNELIDA
Unid. Larvae 3,009 2,300 4,059 3,042 2,378 2,048 302
ARTHROPODA
Class Crustacea
Subclass Branchiopoda
Suborder Cladocera
g Penilia avirostris 10,672 12,946 49,904 99,487 58,552 27.962 5,436
Subclass Copepoda
Unid. Nauplii 19,696 80,743 44,342 23,868 22,377 14,116 7,852
Unid. Copepodites — 3,229 3,352 — 2,020 204 604
Order Calanoida
Apartia tonsa 2,791 8,865 13,596 5,918 4,965 — *
Acartia spinata -1- ~ ~ •— 455 •*-
Centre-pages furcatus — 594 —- —• — 257 302
Paracalanus cyassirpsltyis 14,111 12*904 31,288 20,264 33,613 28,794 17,516
Psuedodiaptomus coronatus '-- 854 — — 187
Temora turbinata* 857 519 2,514 2,777 — 1,330 *
Unid. Calahoid — — — — '-^ 461 302
Order Harpacticoida
Euterpina acutiffons 7,464 9,492 11,566 10,243 746 7l8 2,416
Order Cyclopoida
Corycaeus lautUs —*• —' 484 266 560 408 604
Corycaeus venustus* ' ~~ 587 187 816 *
Oithona brevicornis 35,666 118,601 114,070 34,054 39,277 19,974 5,134
*l<3.ei\tif ication uncertain
-------
Appendix 9.3.Continued. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species at Stations on Transect 5,May 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
SPECIES STATIONS
A B C D E G I
Oithona plumifera 648 6,532 4,508 4,856 1,282 2,411 2,114
Oithona simplex — — — 321 — — —
Oithona sp. 1,074 1,447 2,738
Saphirella sp. 213 — — 266 — 718 *
Subclass Cirripedia
Balanus sp. nauplii 213 1,188 -- 4,646 — 6,054 302
Balanus sp. cypris — 594 1,192 266 455 — 302
Subclass Malacostraca
Superorder Peracarida
Order Isopoda
Unid. Isopod — -.- 708 907
Superorder Eucarida
Order Decapoda
Suborder Natantia
Unid. Caridea — 1,631 — — — — *
Suborder Reptantia
Unid. Brachyura — — 1,322 — — 204
Upogebia affinis 652 1,037 1,546 797 828 257
Unid. Paguridae 218 594 354 2,080 641 461 *
MOLLUSCA
Gastropod veliger 5,218 6,415 2,030 321 641 204 302
Bivalve veliger 1,735 2,375 7,860 4,104 3,334 16,739 3,624
ECHINODERMATA
Ophiopleutus larvae — 398
CHAETOGNATHA
Sagitta hispida 213 605 1,546 266 187 — 604
CHORDATA
Subphylum Urochordata
Unid. Larvacea 861 4,762 10,988 9,656 11,073 514 302
Class Thaliacea
Doliolum sp* — — — — 302
*Identification uncertain.
-------
Appendix 9.3. Continued. Average Density (#/ro3) of Zooplankton Species at Stations on Transect 5, May 1980, Northern
Pinelias County Area, Florida.
SPECIES STATIONS
A B C D E G I
Subphylum Cephalochordata
Branchiostoma sp. 426 594 354 321
Subphylum Vertebrata
Class Teleostei
Unid. Sciaenidae egg — —• 354 —
# SPECIES 21 26 27 24 21 23 28
TOTAL #/m3 ORGANISMS 107,872 285,525 315,572 250,475 184,318 128,391 68,239
*» Present in other replicates but not quantified.
o
£*
Total, 2 replicates.
-------
Appendix 9.4. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species on Transect 1, October 29, 1980, Northern Pinellas
County Area, Florida.
SPECIES STATIONS
A B C D E G I
PROTOZOA
Class Rhizopodea
Order Foraminiferida
Unid. Foraminifera 966 1,791 674 — 1,238 358
CNIDARIA
Unid. medusae 248 135 1,096
Unid. siphonophores — — — — — 281 338
NEMERTINEA
Unid. pilidium • — — 225 — 383
POLYZOA
Class Gymnolaemata
Unid. Cyphonautes larvae 248 135 450 1,024 214
ANNELIDA
Unid. larvae 2,815 3,831 7,065 10,639 2,432 5,538 1,231
ARTHROPODA
Class Crustacea
o Subclass Branchiopoda
01 Suborder Cladocera
Penilia avirostris — — — — — 77
Subclass Copepoda
Unid. nauplii 47,896 45,789 42,265 63,926 39,679 16,053 15,206
Unid. copepodites 1,225 770 3,090 2,167 5,540 2,476 1,605
Order Calanoida
Acartia tonsa 3,057 6,006 3,989 1,772 1,497 204
Centropages bradyi -- — — — — — 113
Labidocera sp. — 250 —
Paracalanus crassirostris 8,310 7,897 16,368 17,538 17,057 8,807 7,592
Paracalanus spp. 371 — — 473 383 364
Pseudodiaptomus coronatus 242 — 450 276 — — 113
Temora longicornis — 520 878 473 1,069 154 113
Unid. Calanoid A 236
Order Harpacticoida
Euterpina acutifrons 242 383 450 748 214
-------
Appendix 9.4.
SPECIES
Continued. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species on Tiransect 1, October 29, 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
*>
o
a\
Order Cyclopoida
Corycaeus latus
Corycaeus speciosus
Corycaeus spp.
Oithona brevicornis
Oithona nana
Oithona plumifera
Oithona simplex
Oithona spp.
Saphirella tropica
Saphirella sp.
Subclass Cirripedia
Balanus sp. nauplii
Balanus sp. cypris
Subclass Malacostraca
Superorder Peracarida
Order Isopoda
Unid. Isopods
Superorder Eucarida
Order Decapoda
Suborder Natantia
Lucifer faxoni
Suborder Reptantia
Pinnixa chaetopterana
MOLLUSCA
Gastropod veligers
Bivalve veligers
ECHINODERMATA
Echinopluteus larvae
Ophiopluteus larvae
PHORONIDEA
Unid. actinotroch larvae
CHAETOGNATHA
Sagitta hispida
HEMICHORDATA
Unid. tornaria larvae
A
DwfaB
— —
— -
618
5,826
2,091
3,517
317
242
742
236
_.
124
--
—
3,546
7,140
_„
—
124
STATIONS
BCD
__ — — — —
135
135 218 2,442
6,222 9,964 16,348
2,946 6,418 5,637
3,776 12,802 4,888
592
— — —
2,851 2,191
250 1,566 2,915
436
135 892 592
218
250 871
2,101 12,646 14,696
10,303 18,307 35,313
__ __ — _
276
276
E
—
—
4,222
7,892
5,157
9,130
1,194
—
214
2,218
597
__
383
—
5,843
83,714
383
— -
__
G I
113
113
— —
3,875 8,446
19,787 17,088
3,858 5,304
843 3,826
128
__
113
204 128
__
204
—
4,465 4,951
7,228 16,195
204
— --
_». «—
450
77
118
135
1,024
383
-------
Appendix 9.4. Continued. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species on Transect 1, October 29, 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida-
SPECIES STATIONS
A B C D E G I
CHORDATA
Subphylum Urochordata
Unid. larvacea 3,770 1,716 6,159 20,296 16,665 6,505 6,249
# SPECIES 26 24 26 23 25 21 20
TOTAL #/m3 ORGANISMS 94,321 98,462 150,138 204,331 207,701 81,562 89,077
O
-J
-------
Appendix 9.5. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species on Transect 3, October 31 - November 4, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida
SPECIES
— STATIONS
PROTOZOA —^ § S S E G
Class Khizopodea
Order Poraminiferida
Unid. Foraminifera 4,236 3,237 2,427 15,721 8,800 1,342 491
CNIDARIA
Unid. medusae — 239 992 290
Unid. siphonophores — — 239 405
CTENOPHORA
Unid. ctenophores —
PLATYHELMINTHES
Class Turbellaria
Unid. larvae 695 805 239 1,434
NEMERTINEA
Unid. pilidium — 200 —
POLYZOA
Class Gymnolaemata
^ Unid. cyphonautes larvae — 600 309 992 1,896
O ANNELIDA
Unid. larvae 6,472 6,891 8,824 25,399 4,350 3,836 1,070
ARTHROPODA
Class Crustacea
Subclass Branchiopoda
Suborder Cladocera
Evadne sp. — — — — — — 145
Subclass Copepoda
Unid. nauplii 86,459 64,668 113,498 67,075 23,410 8,625 21,641
Unid. copepodites 500 205 2,358 1,543 2,233 7,064 1,875
Order Calanoida
Acartia tonsa 29,264 20,900 14,732 13,096 2,441 586 346
Centropages furcatus -- — — — — 152
Labidocera aestiva — — — — -- — 145
Labidocera spp. — — — — — — 290
Paracalanus crassirostris 9,820 5,673 10,931 25,798 14,308 13,599 18,409
Paracalanus spp. — — — — — 152
Pseudodiaptomus coronatus 1,195 805 617 684 — — 290
Temora longicornis — -- — — — — 115
Unid.. Calanoid A 347 — — — 273 152 260
Order Harpacticoida
Evrfcerpina acu-blfrons 1,195 605 955 3,043 546 152
-------
A
—
——
—
__
__
—
15,861
11,514
3,000
1,000
•MB*
1,195
10,445
__
B
__
— —
—
__
—
—
9,550
4,273
609
200
200
205
205
4,250
__
C
309
—
—
_—
—
—
13,091
2,119
1,473
1,473
—
309
239
2,288
--
STATIONS
D
—
684
1,301
__
—
309
15,721
2,867
2,867
6,527
—
—
1,059
5,335
309
E
—
—
—
__
—
—
32,707
3,597
1,493
2,571
—
—
610
20,346
—
G
—
—
— —
__
441
—
5,040
14,994
2,818
1,632
—
—
152
3,698
—
I
—
—
— —
375
—
—
1,330
6,041
2,020
606
—
—
145
260
—
Appendix 9.5. Continued. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species on Transect 3, October 31 - November 4, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
SPECIES
Harpacticus sp.
Parategastes sphaericus
Phyllopodopsyllus sp.
Order Cyclopoida
Corycaeus latus
Corycaeus specjosus
Corycaeus spp.
Oithona brevi cornis
Oithona nana
Oithona plumifera
Oithona simplex
Oithona spp.
Orthocyclops modestus*
Saphirella sp.
Subclass Cirripedia
Balanus sp. nauplii
Balanus sp. cypris
Subclass Malacostraca
Superorder Peracarida
Order Isopoda
Uni d. Isopods
Order Mysidacea
Unid. Mysids
Superorder Eucarida
Order Decapoda
Suborder Natantia
Lucifer faxoni
Unid. penaeid
MOLLUSCA
Gastropod veligers
Bivalve veligers
ECHINODERMATA
Echinopluteus larvae
Ophiopluteus larvae
PHORONIDEA
Unid. actinotroch larvae
CHAETOGNATHA
Sagitta hispida
*Identification uncertain.
1,042
600
1,809
273
145
9,042
7,931
4,041
6,691
3,382
5,978
14,197
12,721
478
617
1,000
405
610
3,389
9,621
338
273
338
3,704
5,948
296
145
115
115
2,076
5,919
115
260
-------
Appendix 9.5. Continued. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species on Transect 3, October 31 - November 4, 1980,
Northern Pinellas County Area, Florida.
SPECIES STATIONS
A B C D E G I
HEMICHORDATA
Unid. tornaria larvae — — — 309 273
CHORDATA
Subphylum Urochordata
Unid. larvacea 13,278 3,868 14,436 41,628 15,268 7,961 5,862
Subphylum Vertebrata
Class Teleostei
Unid. Soleidae eggs — — — — — 145
# SPECIES 21 24 23 27 24 25 28
TOTAL tt/m3 ORGANISMS 215,491 139,686 194,965 264,037 149,964 83,069 70,836
-------
Appendix 9.6. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species on Transect 5, November 4, 1980, Northern Pinellas
County Area, Florida.
SPECIES STATIONS
A B C_ D E G I
PROTOZOA
Class Rhizopodea
Order Foraminiferida
Unid. Foraminifera 389 997 1,372 — 206
Class Ciliatea
Order Tintinnida
Favella sp. 160 146 2,040
CNIDARIA
Unid. medusae — — — 242 371 739 167
Unid. siphonophores — — — — — 87 290
PLATYHELMINTHES
Class Turbellaria
Unid. larvae — — — 86
NEMERTINEA
Unid. pilidium — — -- -— — — 167
POLYZOA
Class Gymnolaemata
Unid. Cyphonautes larvae 229 462 955 520 2,594 — 334
ANNELIDA
Unid. larvae 1,714 3,768 3,993 589 1,525 2,261 1,979
ARTHROPODA
Class Aracnida
Order Halacaridea
Unid. Halacaridean — 146 — — — — —
Class Crustacea
Subclass Branchiopoda
Suborder Cladocera
Penilia avirostris -- ~~ ~~ — — ~~ 247
Subclass Copepoda
Unid. nauplii 41,544 24,379 63,577 13,257 20,777 21,242 22,638
Unid. copepodites 1,943 1,240 2,873 1,574 1,747 1,448 457
Order Calanoida
Acartia tonsa 6,038 3,888 11,198 417 3,256 1,012
Clausocalanus acuicornis — 292
-------
Appendix 9.6. Continued. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species on Transect 5,
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
November 4, 1980, Northern
to
SPECIES
Centropages furcatus
Labidocera spp.
Paracalanus crassirostris
Temora longicornis
Unid. Calanoid A
Order Harpacticoida
Arenosetella sp.
Euterpina acutifrons
Phyllopodopsyllus sp.
Order Cyclopoida
Corycaeus catus
Corycaeus latus
Corycaeus speciosus
Oithona brevicornis
Oithona nana
Oithona plumifera
Oithona simplex
Saphirella sp.
Subclass Cirripedia
Balanus sp. nauplii
Balanus sp. cypris
Subclass Malacostraca
Superorder Pericarida
Order Isopoda
Unid. Isopods
Superorder Eucarida
Order Decapoda
Suborder Reptantia
Pinnotheres sp.
MOLLUSCA
Gastropod veligers
Bivalve veligers
ECHINODERMATA
Echinopluteus larvae
Ophiopluteus larvae
STATIONS
A
—
—
7,084
—
—
—
—
707
__
—
— —
7,153
1,256
1,096
867
548
B
—
—
7,731
—
—
170
511
2,771
__
—
— •
6,538
4,693
948
2,771
632
C
—
191
6,737
—
—
__
191
573
__
—
—
5,469
5,104
1,181
3,160
1,563
D
173
86
5,625
—
70
—
—
—
173
209
—
1,035
5,778
467
1,590
173
E
—
—
26,646
—
—
—
—
—
186
988
—
6,917
6,857
412
3,070
—
G
—
—
12,219
250
—
—
—
— —
163
337
87
3,317
3,775
2,578
5,973
250
I
—
—
9,232
247
— —
—
—
— —
870
1,080
123
1,160
1,609
986
1,906
—
389
36
3,361
389
146
191
191
70
186
186
163
3,406
10,172
_~
— —
5,518
7,486
—
__
9,757
17,327
—
191
2,060
8,791
86
225
1,916
8,156 .
206
186
6,223
11,260
87
—
4,094
8,515
412
__
-------
Appendix 9.6. Continued. Average Density (#/m3) of Zooplankton Species on Transect 5, November 4, 1980, Northern
Pinellas County Area, Florida.
SPECIES STATIONS
A
•••w
B C D E G
146 — 86 597 1,012
I
167
CHAETOGNATHA
Sagitta hispida
CHORDATA
Subphylum Urochordata
Unid. larvacea 3,565 5,931 5,017 2,388 3,893 6,417 8,000
# SPECIES 19 23 22 26 23 22 22
TOTAL #/m3 ORGANISMS 88,649 81,310 142,851 45,856 94,239 80,900 64,680
co
-------
CHAPTER TEN
BENTHIC MACROINFAUNA AND
SEDIMENT STUDIES
BY
JAMES K. CULTER
SELVAKUMARAN MAHADEVAN
ROBERT YARBROUGH
MARK GALLO
-------
INTRODUCTION
Benthic infauna and sediment samples were collected during the
Northern Pinellas Marine Sampling and Measurement Program (May and
October, 1980) to describe the benthic communities in the study area.
Specific objectives of the benthic study were to:
(1) Characterize the macroinvertebrate infauna of
the study area in terms of species composition,
abundance and diversity;
(2) Describe the sediment of the study area in
terms of granulometry and volatile organic
content, with particular reference to infaunal
distribution;
(3) Provide baseline data for the preparation of an
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) to address
the environmental effects of a proposed sewage
outfall (see Chapter 1 for details).
Study Rationale
The benthic community is generally regarded as the most important
faunal component in assessing environmental stress in aquatic and marine
environments (e.g.- Menzies et al., 1952; Reish, 1959a; McNulty, 1971;
Parker, 1975; Watling and Maurer, 1976; Rosenberg, 1977; Hart and Fuller,
1979; Yokel, 1979; Sanders et al., 1980). The relative lack of mobility
(Dills and Rogers, 1972) and .the long life histories of benthic organisms
make them valuable indicators of past and present water quality (Mackenthun,
1966; McKee, 1966; Cairns and Dickson, 1971). The utility of the benthic
community as a pollution indicator is considerably enhanced by the collec-
tion of adequate baseline data prior to the influence of any pollutant.
This study provides such a preliminary baseline. In order to address
seasonal variation, samples were collected for a spring (May) and a fall
(October) sampling period.
415
-------
Background Literature
Historical literature concerning the benthos in the immediate
study area is non-existent. However, several studies are available
from nearby areas such as Anclote Anchorage, Tampa Bay, and the Gulf
of Mexico. Because habitats and species composition are to some
extent similar among the adjacent areas for which historical informa-
tion exists, a summary of past studies is presented in the following
paragraphs.
General reviews of Gulf benthic communities are presented in
Galstoff (1954), Collard and D'Asaro (1973) and Lyons and Collard
(1974). In following Lyons and Collard's (1974) classificiation, the
study area can be considered as a mixture of the "shallow shelf zone"
and the "coastal barrier islands-shoreward zone". Their descriptions
of the two faunal zones are:
Coastal Barrier Islands: Moderate wave energy beaches
of quartz sand and shell fragments are the dominant
shoreward feature of this zone which extends northward
to Anclote Key. Bottom composition is also largely
of these materials, with little hard substrate except
dead shells of large mollusks. Seagrasses are scarce
to absent. The quartz-shell sediments actually extend
far to sea off Tampa Bay and the Charlotte Harbor area.
In the latter area, influence of these sediments is
quite strong in the next seaward zone, and possibly
even beyond. Large temperate mollusks and echinoderms
are characteristic faunal elements. Species diversity
is generally lower than in adjacent estuaries or off-
shore areas.
Shallow Shelf (10-30 m): This is the first major zone
of tropical species intrusion into the Eastern Gulf.
Rock substrate allows establishment of many scleractinian,
alcyonarian, molluscan, crustacean, and other inverte-
brate species common in shallower waters in the Florida
Keys. Sand dwellers are represented by some species
from more inshore waters but with many tropical species
as well. Sediments are still largely of quartz sands,
with increasing percentages of biogenically derived
carbonates seaward. Overlying green, relatively turbid,
coastal waters are usually well mixed, but cooler bottom
waters are often separated by a low thermocline, especially
during warmer months.
(page 161; Lyons and Collard, 1974).
416
-------
The Hourglass Cruises (South Tampa Bay to Fort Myers; surveys to
the 40 fathom line) by the Florida Department of Natural Resources
provided a series of monographs on various components of the benthic
community (Joyce and Williams, 1969; Dawes and Van Breedveld, 1969;
Lyons, 1970; Topp and Hoff, 1972; Camp, 1973; Cobb et al., 1973;
Cooper, 1973; Gore and Scotto, 1979; Huff and Cobb, 1979; Serafy, 1979).
The Hourglass Cruise collections are still being processed, and various pub-
lications of other benthic taxa are currently in preparation or press. The
Bureau of Land Management has conducted several studies in the Eastern
Gulf of Mexico, but they focused on offshore waters. The -ophiuroids
of Florida described by Thomas (1962) and his monograph on the amphiurids
of the western Atlantic describe species found on the study area.
Studies off Pinellas County have dealt with artificial reefs
(Hanni and Mathews, 1977), offshore benthic algae (Phillips and Springer,
1960), dredge-fill effects (Godcharles, 1971; Saloman, 1974) and sewage
effects (Neithamer et al., 1971). However, none of the studies are
located within the present study area.
Primarily due to the existence of a power plant, the Anclote
estuary has been intensively studied. Studies of the benthic algae
(Ballantine and Humm, 1975; Hamm, 1975; Hamm and Humm, 1976; Thorhaug
et al., 1978) seagrasses, (Rogers, 1972; Moore, 1976; Thorhaug et al.,
1978) and the benthic fauna (Humm et al., 1970; Zimmerman et al., 1971;
Baird et al., 1971; Baird et al., 1972; Baird et al., 1973; Mayer and
Maynard, 1974; Studt, 1976; Thorhaug et al., 1978; Mahadevan, 1979;
Mahadevan and Patton, 1979) have been conducted. The northeastern boundaries
of the present study area can be expected to be faunally similar to Anclote
Sound.
Several benthic studies have been conducted in Tampa Bay. The
southeastern portions of the present study area can be expected to contain
a similar species composition to that of Tampa Bay. Studies in Old Tampa
417
-------
Bay include intertidal benthos (Bloom et al., 1972); sediment character-
istics (Ross and Mayon, 1975); polychaete fauna (Dauer, 1974; Dauer
and Simon, 1975; Dauer and Simon, 1976a; b); benthic repopulation
(Simon and Dauer; 1972; 1977); organic enrichment effects (Dauer and
Conner, 1976); power plant effects (Blake et al., 1974); waterfront
canal benthos (Hall and Lindall, 1974; Lindall et al., 1973; 1975), and
the brachiopod, Glottidia pyramidata (Culter, 1979). Studies in Boca
Ciega Bay include investigations of dredging effects (Button et al., 1956;
Taylor and Saloman, 1968; Sykes, 1971), molluscs (Sykes and Hall, 1970),
and general species checklists (Sykes, 1966a; b). Studies in Hillsborough
Bay include investigations of sewage effects (Simon and Haung, 1975;
Simon, 1977; 1978); long-term cyclic disturbances (Santos, 1979; Santos
and Simon, 1980); small scale disturbances (Proffitt and Simon, 1980) and
dredging effects (Taylor et al., 1970; Wastewater Engineers, 1979). Studies
in the Big Bend area of Tampa Bay include investigations of power plant
effects (Virnstein, 1972; Conservation Consultants, 1975; Mahadevan, 1976;
Mahadevan and Hunter, 1976; Mahadevan et al., 1977; Mahadevan and Culter,
1978; Mahadevan et al., 1980); dredging and filling effects (Mahadevan
et al., 1976; Mahadevan and Murdoch, 1977); fouling organisms (Mahadevan
and Culter, 1977) and the evaluation of sampling techniques (Culter and
Mahadevan, 1978; Reeves and Mahadevan, 1978). Studies in lower Tampa
Bay include investigations of polychaetes at Lassing Park (Santos, 1972;
Santos and Simon, 1974); benthos near Beacon Key (Mahadevan, 1976), benthos
near Port Manatee (Conservation Consultants, 1971a; b; c; d; 1972a; b; c;
d), and sphaeromid isopods in Cockroach Bay (Estevez, 1978). Other studies
in Tampa Bay include investigations of macroinvertebrates (Dragovich and
Kelly, 1967; Hall and Saloman, 1975; Taylor, 1964; Taylor and Saloman,
1966), molluscs (Hall, 1972), amphipods (Thoemke, 1977,- 1979), phoronids
(Stancyk et al., 1976) polychaetes (Taylor, 1971; 1973b; 1975; Perkins
and Savage, 1975; Rice and Simon, 1980) , dredging and filling effects
(Taylor, 1970; 1972; 1973a; 1979; Simon and Dyer, 1972; Simon and Doyle,
1974; Simon, Doyle and Conner, 1976; Conner and Simon, 1979), fertilizer
processing effects (Law Engineering Testing Company, 1975; Upchurch et al./
418
-------
1976), benthic algae (Kruer, 1977), evaluation of sampling techniques
(Jordan, 1978) and a review of existing literature (Simon, 1974).
The above literature provides a comprehensive background of
existing benthic ecology information in the vicinity of the study
area. It is obvious from the survey that site-specific information
is lacking; however, the information from adjacent sites can be
helpful in corroborating the trends observed in the present study.
419
-------
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Sampling Locations
The general study area and its boundaries are shown in
Figure 1.1 (Chapter 1). Specific sampling locations (Figure 1.2) for
the benthic study were:
Transect 1: Stations 1A, IB, 1C, ID, IE, 1G, and II
Transect 2: Stations 3A, 3B, 3C, 3D, 3E, 3G, and 31
Transect 5: Stations 5A, 5B, 5C, 5D, 5E, 5G, and 51
A total of twenty-one (21) stations were sampled during the periods
May 28 through May 30, 1980 and October 13 through October 17, 1980.
Sampling Devices
Samples for faunal analysis were collected with stainless steel
2
plug corers (dimensions: 12.5 cm x 12.5 cm x 23 cm, .016 m surface
area) that are fitted with handles and a screen mesh (0.5 mm) top to
avoid loss of organisms. A diagrammatic sketch of the corer is shown
in Figure 10.1. The corer is very similar to the one used by Salesman
(1976).
Sediment samples were collected with 4 cm diameter cylindrical
PVC cores fitted with caps to avoid sediment loss during transport to
the boat.
Both types of sampling devices were operated by SCUBA divers.
Replication
Seven faunal core samples were collected at each station during
the May sampling. Eight faunal core samples were collected at each station
during the October sampling (one sample reserve). Two sediment core
samples were collected at each station with one sample serving as a reserve.
420
-------
Field Procedures
Stations were located using Loran C navigation and marked with
buoys prior to the sampling program. At each station a SCUBA diver
descended from the anchored boat to the bottom and commenced sampling.
The faunal cores were pushed to a depth of approximately 20 cm into the
sediment and removed with a hand covering the bottom. The cores were
then inverted and placed in a labelled cloth bag and transported to
the boat. The two sediment cores were inserted to a depth of 10 cm
and removed with a hand covering the bottom. The core was then capped
on both ends and transported to the boat.
Aboard, the faunal samples were emptied into the accompanying
cloth bags, internally labelled, tied and placed in a bucket containing
10% MgCl- solution (for narcotization; Russell, 1963). The sediment
samples were emptied into internally and externally labelled jars and
iced for transportation to the laboratory, where they were frozen until
analysis was performed.
On shore, the faunal samples were washed through a 0.5 mm sieve
and fixed with a 10% formalin-seawater-rose bengal solution in a pre-
labelled jar. The rose bengal stain was used to facilitate rapid and
accurate sorting (Mason and Yevich, 1967; Korinkova and Sigmund, 1968;
Hamilton, 1969; Williams and Williams, 1974). The preserved samples were
then transported to the laboratory.
Laboratory Procedures
Seven faunal samples and one sediment sample from each station were
processed in the laboratory.
Paunal samples were decanted into light and heavy fractions and
preserved in 70% isopropyl alcohol. The light fraction contained the
majority of the fauna and was sorted under a Unitron ZSB Stereozoom
421
-------
1.2-cm dia.
0. 5-nun
mesh screen
1.6-nun -thick
stainless steel
PLUG SAMPLER
0.5-mm
mesh screen
10-cm
T
L.
Figure 10.1. Sieve and Plug Sampler used for Quantitative Benthic Studies.
-------
binocular microscope. The heavy fraction, containing primarily
molluscs and larger animals, was sorted with the unaided eye in a
white background enamel pan. Taxonomic identifications were performed
under various powers of the binocular microscope or an AO compound
microscope.
Laboratory analyses of the sediment samples are shown in the form
of a flow-diagram in Figure 10.2.
Taxonomic Procedures
Taxonomic identifications of species were accomplished with the
use of descriptive literature (Appendix Table 10,4 provides a list of
taxonomic references used in this study). In addition, taxonomic experts
were utilized to either identify or confirm the identifications of several
species. The following scientists assisted in taxonomic identifications:
Dr. R. Tucker Abbott (Mollusca) , Dr. E.D. Estevez (Isopoda) , Dr. R. Heard
(Crustacea), Dr. W. Price (Cumacea), Ms. C. Hunter (Polychaeta and
Sipunculida), and Dr. L. Kornicker (Ostracoda).
Data Analysis Procedures - Fauna »
Numerical indices were chosen for their ability to provide meaning-
ful summaries of data. One criterion used in the selection of indices
was their widespread use in scientific literature, which should facilitate
comparison of data from this study with other quantitative information
available in literature.
Fauna! Density
Faunal density estimates are reported as numbers of individuals
per square meter. Values were computed by dividing the total number of
individuals found at a station (for 7 replicates) by the total area sampled
(0.112 m2).
423
-------
Collect
Samples
Record
Field
Data
Freeze Samples
Until Processing
Obtain Organic
Matter Aliquots
\
r
Dry Organic
Matter Aliquot
in Tared Cru-
cible @ 100°C
for 24 hours.
-«
Salt Removal; Wash
with Distilled Water;
Allow Sample to Settle,-
Siphon off water
Wet Sieve Sample
through a Sieve
with Distilled
Water
T
Record Dry Wt.;
Burn sample @
500°C for 1 hr.;
^
r
Record Ash-Free
Dry Wt. ; Calcu-
late % Organic
Matter '
^
>
Allow Silt-Clay
to Settle: Siphon
off water
\
Dry Silt-Clay
Fraction in
Tared Jar for
72 hrs. @ 100°C
1
Record I
of Silt-
Fraction
r
Dry Wt.
-Clav
i
Dry Sand Fraction
@ 100°C for 24
hours .
i
i
Dry Sieve Sand
Fraction on
Mechanical
Sieve Shaker
(30 min.)
t
Weigh each
fraction
Determine Grain
Size Distribution
Figure 10.2. Sediment Analysis Procedures.
424
-------
Species Diversity
Menzies, George and Rowe (1973) define diversity as a concept
in community ecology which refers to the heterogeneity (or lack of it)
in a community or assemblage of organisms. Thus, diversity is depen-
dent upon the number of species present (Species richness, S) and the
distribution of individuals among species (Equitability or Evenness).
Another definition of diversity is simply the number of species found
in a unit area (Whittaker, 1972). Indices to measure diversity, species
richness and equitability are so numerous that confusion is rampant
(Reviews in Hairston, 1964; Sanders, 1968; Hurlbert, 1971; Whittaker,
1972; Fager, 1972; Peet, 1974; Pielou, 1975; Smith et al., 1979; etc.).
The proliferation of indices has prompted Hurlbert (1971) and Peet (1975)
to recommend discarding diversity as a measure in ecological studies.
However, placed in the proper perspective, diversity indices have been
shown to be useful in "bio-environmental" studies (Boesch, 1972;
Borowitzka, 1972; Swartz, 1972; Pearson, 1975; Swartz, 1978). In this
study we have restricted our data analysis to the two commonly used.
diversity indices: the Shannon-Weaver index and the Gini's (Simpson's)
index.
i. The Shannon-Weaver Index of Diversity (Shannon and Weaver, 1963).
The index is based on 'information' techniques, where diversity
is equated to the amount of uncertainty which exists regarding the
species identity of an individual selected at random from a community.
The more species and the more evenly their representation, the greater
the uncertainty and hence, the greater the diversity. The computational
formula for Shannon's index is:
H' = C/N .(N Iog1() N - Zsn Iog10 n±)
i=l
where C = 2.3026 (for units of "nats"), N = total number of individuals
and n. = number of individuals in the i th species. Lloyd et al. (1968)
have presented the functions nlog10n for all integers from n = 1 to n =
1050 to simplify the use of Shannon's index.
425
-------
ii. Gini's Index of Diversity (Gini, 1912; Simpson, 1949).
The index is a measure of the dominance in a sample. Though it
is usually insensitive to rare species, it has been used commonly as a
diversity index. The computational formula for dominance diversity is:
DM = £Si=1n (n-l)/N(N-l) (Simpson, 1949)
and complemental or actual diversity, d = 1 - DM (Gini, 1912).
Species Richness
Species richness is estimated as the Margalef's index and as the
total number of species (S) collected per station.
i. Margalef*s Index (Margalef, 1958).
Margalef's index of species richness is computed as follows:
D = S - 1 / log N
where S is the number of species in the sample.
ii.. Number of Species/Station.
The total number of species found at each station for all
replicates.
Equitability
Equitability is computed by Pielou's (Pielou, 1966) conventional
method. The computational formula is:
J1 (Pielou's index) = H1 / log S
e
Faunal Similarity
A number of coefficients for measuring faunal similarities are
available (Bray and Curtis, 1957; Sanders, 1960; Horn, 1966; Whittaker,
1967; Lie and Kelly, 1970; Grassle and Smith, 1976). However, most of
426
-------
the available coefficients consider only the number and rank of
common species and not the distribution of individuals. The Morisita's
index (Morisita, 1959) , which takes into consideration both the number
of species in common and the number of individuals shared, is utilized
in this study. Many authors in the past have used this index with a
greater degree of success than other overlap coefficients (Ono, 1961;
Barnard, 1970; Mauchline, 1972; Bloom et al., 1972; Gage and Geekie,
1973; Menzies, 1973; Paul, 1973; Gage, 1975; Farrell, 1974, Marum, 1974;
Gage, 1975; Mahadevan, 1979). The computational formula for the Morisita's
index is:
where \ - Is
(H -1)
X2 * Z i-1 n2i
where N and N are the total number of individuals in sample one and two,
respectively, n . and n2- are the number of individuals in the i th species
of sample one and two, respectively. The value of CA is about one when
the two samples are identical and zero when no common species are present.
The index is relatively free from sample size effects.
Data Analysis Procedures - Sediment
Analysis of the sediment samples includes determination of percen-
tage volatile matter and grain size distribution. Statistics on the
grain size distribution are performed using the following formulae; where
phi (0) = -log x; x = particle size in millimeters:
(i) Mean grain size (Mz) - overall size measure (Folk, 1974).
Mz = 016 + 050 + 084
3
427
-------
Class
Gravel
Very coarse sand
Coarse sand
Medium sand
Fine sand
Very fine sand
Silt clay
a Values
<0.35 0
0.35 $ - 0.50 0
0.50 0 - 0.71 0
0.71 0 - 1.00 0
1.00 0 - 2.00 0
2.00 0 - 4.00 0
Size (mm)
2.0
1.0
0.5
0.25
0.125
0.0625
0.0625
(ii) Inclusive graphic standard deviation (sorting coefficient)
(a) - measure of uniformity or sorting (Folk, 1974).
084 - 016
4
095 - 05
6.6
Degree of Sorting
Very well sorted
Well sorted
Moderately well sorted
Moderately sorted
Poorly sorted
Very poorly sorted
(iii) Inclusive graphic skewness (SK) - the degree of
asymmetry between the central part of the grain size
composition curve and the "tail" portions of the
curve (Folk, 1974).
SK =
SK Values
-1-1.00 - +0.30
+0.30 - +0.10
+0.10 0.10
-0.10 - -0.30
-0.30 1.00
016 + 084 - 2050
2 (084 - 016)
05 + 095 - 2050
2 (095 - 05)
Degree of Skewness
Strongly fine-skewed
Fine-skewed
Near Symmetrical
Coarse skewed
Strongly coarse-skewed
428
-------
(iv) Graphic kurtosis (Kg) - ratio between the sorting in
the "tails" of the granulometric curve and the
sorting of the new central portion of the curve
(Folk, 1974).
Kg =
Kg Values
<0.67
0.67 - 0.90
0.90 - 1.11
1.11 - 1.50
1.50 - 3.00
>3.00
_ 095 - 05
2.44 (075-025)
Degree of Kurtosis
Very platykurtic
Platykurtic
Mesokurtic
Leptokurtic
Very leptokurtic
Extremely leptokurtic
Data Management
Computer data management of information collected in the present
study was conducted by a 8-bit H-8 Heath mini-computer (64 K memory,
3 disk system). All numerical indices listed above were computed and
species lists compiled by the computer system. Software for the system
was prepared by Dr. William N. Tavolga (Senior Staff Scientist, Mote
Marine Laboratory).
Quality Assurance
Stringent quality assurance (QA) procedures were employed to ensure
the validity and accuracy of collected data. Procedures that were part
of a project-specific, written QA manual were strictly followed. Some
highlights of the QA program for the present study were:
• Documentation, in the form of internal and external
sample labels, checked and copied bench sheets,
and verified computer printouts.
429
-------
Data traceability was maintained from sample
collection to report presentation through
consistent sample labelling and data-tracking.
Sample custody and integrity was maintained by
custody records and by sample security.
Specific QA procedures to ensure accurate sorting,
identification and data analysis were implemented:
1) Resorting at least 5% of the samples.
2) Rechecking at least 5% of the identifications.
3) Obtaining taxonomic confirmation from experts
in the field and museums.
4) Rechecking and verifying all computer entries.
5) Spot checking at least 2% of the computer
calculations.
430
-------
RESULTS^
Physical and Chemical Parameters
Temperature, salinity, and dissolved oxygen content were measured
during the current studies of the Northern Pinellas Program. Data
are presented in Chapter 5. Spatially all parameters varied very little
for both sampling periods. Therefore, these are not considered as
controlling factors in the distribution of benthic fauna within the
study area, provided the observations during May and October are
characteristic of conditions during the remainder of the year.
Currents data for the study area are presented in chapter 5.
Tidal currents may have a significant influence on the benthic fauna
of the nearshore stations of Transects 3 and 5, located near Hurricane
Pass (Transect 3) and tidal exchange channels (Transect 5). Station 3B
is located in an old pass channel.
Sediment Characteristics
Sediment granulometric statistics and the percentage of silt-clay
and volatile organic content are presented in Table 10.1. Mean grain
size ranged from 1.25 $ (medium sand) at Stations II (May) to 3.58 0
(very fine sand) at Station 3C (October). Variation in mean grain size
was not extreme, however, since a majority of the stations had sediments
with mean grain size between 2.0 0 (fine sand) to 3.0 0 (very fine sand).
Sediments of Transect 5 stations were all within the range of fine sand
as were most of the stations of Transect 1, the exceptions being Stations
ID, IE, and II of the May sampling. Stations 3A, 3B, and 3C were the only
sites with a mean grain size greater than 3 0 (very fine sand).
In terms of sorting coefficient (measure of grain homogeneity),
most stations contained moderately sorted sediments. Some exceptions
were: Stations IB, ID, IE, and II for May; 3B, 3C, and 3D for May and
431
-------
Table 10.1. Comparison of Sediment Characteristics for Benthic Samplina Stations between May and October 1980.
Station
1A
IB
1C
ID
IE
1G
11
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3G
31
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5G
51
(Mean,
Mean
MZ
May Oct.
2.92 *
2.47 *
2.54 2.70
1.46 *
1.43 2.59
2.62 2.62
1.25 2.40
3.13 3.22
2.91 3.13
2.79 3.58
2.21 2.78
2.82 1.62
2.65 1.02
2.12 2.62
2.73 2.46
2.73 2.60
2.72 2.38
2.71 2.75
2.74 2.76
2.44 2.64
2.86 2.76
Median, and Sorting Coefficient expressed in phi ( units) ) .
Median
M
May Oct.
2.81 *
2.57 *
2.51 2.60
2.23 *
1.84 2.56
2.57 2.56
1.31 2.47
3.21 3.31
2.96 3.31
2.73 3.83
2.54 2.70
2.78 1.70
2.58 0.96
2.25 2.57
2.65 2.46
2.65 2.55
2.64 2.54
2.63 2.67
2.66 2.66
2.46 2.57
2.82 2.69
Sorting
Coefficient
May Oct.
0.94 *
1.37 *
0.82 0.82
1.91 *
1.61 0.61
0.66 0.71
1.36 0.82
0.81 0.74
1.33 1.40
1.03 1.13
1.51 1.15
0.92 1.76
0.75 1.33
0.99 0.82
0.76 0.45
0.62 0.67
0.81 1.60
0.69 0.66
0.69 0.72
0.79 1.01
0.74 0.78
Skewness
Sk
May Oct.
0.09 *
-0.31 *
-0.10 0.07
-0.46 *
-0.34 0.03
0.05 0.03
-0.14 -0.15
-0.10 -0.10
-0.08 -0.22
-0.16 -0.35
-0.43 -0.17
-0.13 -0.12
0.03 0.01
-0.19 -0.05
-0.01 -0.22
0.16 0.06
-0.03 -0.31
0.07 0.12
0.08 0.13
-0.21 -0.14
-0.02 0.00
Kurtosis
Kg
May Oct.
1.19 *
2.18 *
2.68 1.62
0.97 *
0.96 1.40
1.39 1.46
0.87 1.65
0.99 1.00
0.84 0.76
1.51 1.00
2.02 1.86
1.21 0.80
1.38 0.94
1.07 1.50
1.48 1.27
1.13 1.34
1.55 1.34
1.34 1.09
1.19 1.22
2.09 2.32
0.96 1.12
Percentage
Silt Clay
May Oct.
10.16 *
4.69 *
1.66 5.18
5.35 *
0.60 0.34
0.24 0.75
0.57 2.91
10.08 10.38
23.32 36.50
2.81 45.77
1.47 3.93
2.41 4.21
0.72 1.80
0.28 0.52
0.18 0.58
0.06 0.98
0.13 0.95
0.17 0.30
0.46 4.19
0.33 0.96
0.80 0.85
Percentage
Organic
Content
May Oct.
0.46 0.92
0.74 1.27
0.40 0.53
1.10 0.33
0.84 0.33
0.28 0.42
1.29 0.75
2.23 1.33
20.44 9.29
0.82 6.73
0.60 0.77
0.78 1.16
0.50 1.33
0.40 0.39
0.28 0.36
0.14 0.40
0.25 0.70
0.18 0.13
0.30 0.44
0.33 0.36
0.77 0.43
Sediment
May Oct.
Fine sand *
Fine sand *
Fine sand Fine sand
Medium
sand *
Medium
sand Fine sand
Fine sand Fine sand
Medium
sand Fine sand
Very fine Very fine
sand sand
Very fine
Fine sand sand
Fine sand sand
Fine sand Fine sand
_ . -, Medium
Fine sand sand
Fine sand Coarse
Fine sand Fine sand
Fine sand Fine sand
Fine sand Fine sand
Fine sand Fine sand
Fine sand Fine sand
Fine sand Fine sand
Fine sand Fine sand
Fine sand Fine sand
*Data not available.
-------
October, 3E and 3G for October; 5C and 5G for October. All of the noted
exceptions had poorly sorted sediments. In terms of skewness, 46% of
the sediments (May and October) were near symmetrical, 28% coarse skewed,
15% strongly coarse-skewed and 10% fine skewed. Most of the sediments
(both May and October) were leptokurtic (39%) or very leptokurtic (36%).
Only 23% were mesokurtic and 3% (one sample) platykurtic.
The percentage of silt-clay was generally low for Transects 5,
1, and the offshore stations of Transect 3. For corresponding stations,
Transect 5 had the lowest percentages of silt-clay while Transect 3 was
nearly always highest. Organic content follows trends similar to that
of percent silt-clay. Stations 3B (May and October) and 3C (October)
were the only stations with a large percentage of organic matter.
In general, the surface sediments of the study area can be
classified as a fine to very fine quartz sand substratum with very low
silt-clay and organic content and mixed with varying g^iantities of
calcareous shell material. General topographic features of the study
area are presented in Chapter 2, which also describes the presence of
coarse sand and hard bottoms in the area. The sediment analysis, however,
indicates the predominance of soft bottom habitats in the study area.
Species Composition
A total of 538 different taxa were identified from 31,107 organisms
collected in the study. During May, 13,592 organisms representing 348
species were collected,while in October 17,515 organisms representing
392 species were collected. A species list including major taxonomic
headings is presented in Appendix Table 10.1. Appendix Tables 10.2 and
10.3 are composite species lists for the May and October samplings,
respectively, including total animal counts for each station. Overall,
for May, Nematoda spp. (17.3%), Acanthohaustorius sp., an amphipod (9.7%),
Branchiostoma caribaeum, a cephalochordate (4.4%), Copepoda sp. A (3.8%)
and Nemertina spp. (3.8%) were the most abundant species in the study
area. For October, Nematoda spp. (22.1%), Branchiostoma caribaeum (14.4%),
433
-------
Ophelia sp., a polychaete (5.8%), Oligochaeta spp. (3.6%), and
Acanthohaustorius sp. (3.1%) were the most abundant. Spatial hetero-
geneity in species composition is evident by the large number of taxa
collected. The most abundant taxa (>_ 5%) at each station are presented
in Table 10.2. Table 10.3 lists a comparison of the faunal composition
of the study area between May and October for major taxonomic groupings.
For both sampling periods polychaetes were most numerous followed by
nematodes. The molluscs (7.3%, May; 8.5%, October) and crustaceans
(28.5%, May; 17-0%, October) composed relatively consistent percentages
of the total fauna although percentages varied among their sub-groupings.
In general, oligomixity (dominance by a few species) was low.
Nematodes and nemertines were ubiquitous, absent only at Station 5B
during October. Spatial heterogeneity in species composition was high and
the incidence of opportunistic species low.
Faunal Density
Faunal density 0# organisms/m ) values for the 21 stations are
2
presented in Table 10.4. Density ranged from 1,277 organisms/m at
o
Station 5D (October) to 24,321 organisms/m at Stations II (May).
Density differences between the three transects were evident. At Transect 1,
a general increase in density occurred at the offshore stations in May
while a decrease in offshore densities was noted in October. At Transect 3,
no pronounced offshore-nearshore differences were evident for May, but
a large increase in densities of offshore stations was apparent in October.
Stations of Transect 5 exhibited higher densities nearshore for both
sampling periods. For the May sampling, Transect 3 had the lowest overall
faunal density (x = 3,128), Transect 1 the highest (x = 8,180) and Tran-
sect 5 (x = 5,486) falling between 1 and 3. During October, Transect 3
had the highest mean density (x = 8,930) while Transects 1 and 5 were
nearly equal (Tl, x = 6,500; T5, x = 6,852).
Species Richness
Species richness values are presented in Table 10.4. Very high
numbers of species were encountered at-Transect 1, Stations IE and II for
434
-------
Table 10.2 .
The Most Abundant Taxa (>5%) at each Station for the May
and/or October Benthic Samples.
STATION
1A
IB
1C
ID
IE
1G
SPECIES
Nematoda spp.
Oxyurostylis smithi
Nemertina spp.
Haplocytherida setipunctata
Anodontia alba
Oxyurostylis smithi
Mysidacea sp. (juv.)
Nemertina spp.
Nematoda spp.
Crepidula plana
Notomastus hemipodus
Sarsiella sp.
Nemertina spp.
Nematoda spp.
Polydora socialis
Aricidea sp.
Acanthohaustorius sp.
Amphiuridae sp. (juv.)
Isolda pulchella
Lumbrinereis crassidentata
Aricidea fragilis
Pseudopolydora sp.
Nemertina spp.
Nematoda spp.
Lumbrinereis latreilli
Branchiostoma caribaeum
Caecum johnsoni
Ophelia sp.
Synelmis albini
Mellita quinquiesperforata
Nematoda spp.
Spiophanes bombyx
Nemertina spp.
Sarsiella sp.
Anadara transversa
Acanthohaustorius sp.
Nematoda spp.
Copepoda sp. A
Anodontia alba
Armandia agilis
Branchiostoma caribaeum
PERCENTAGE OF
May
7.0
6.4
5.5
3.5
10.3
7.2
5.4
0.6
0.0
3.1
2.7
3.5
9.6
7.1
6.4
5.0
5.3
6.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
10.2
8.0
5.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
21.4
8.0
6.2
0.2
0.0
0.0
29.8
35.8
0.3
0.0
0.3
TOTAL FAUNA
October
4.2
0.1
3.2
38.3
1.5
0.0
1.0
8.0
5.0
9.7
7.5
5.7
7.3
3.0
0.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
12.1
6.8
6.4
6.7
0.4
9.2
0.5
27.6
7.9
6.3
5.0
5.3
36.5
0.2
1.8
6.7
5.8
1.1
14.8
0.0
17.2
12.3
7.4
435
-------
Table 10.2.
Continued. The Most Abundant Taxa (>5%) at each Station for
the May and/or October Benthic Samples.
STATION
II
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
SPECIES
Nematoda spp.
Copepoda sp. A
Selenaria sp.
Pitar simpsoni
Anodontia alba
Nemertina sp.
Sigambra bassi
Oligochaeta spp.
Nematoda spp.
Ancistrcsyllis jonesi
Notomastus latericeus
Paraprionospio pinnata
Tellina sp.
Tellina versicolor
Pseudopolydora sp.
Capitella capitata
Leucon sp.
Metamysidopsis swifti
Nematoda spp.
Tellina versicolor
Amphiuridae sp. (juv.)
Nemertina sp.
Acanthohaustorius sp.
Rhepoxynius c.f. epistomus
Amphiuridae sp. (juv.)
Tellina versicolor
Paraprionospio pinnata
Listriella c.f. barnardi
Amphipoda sp. E
Hemichordata sp.
Onuphis eremita oculata
Corophium sp.
Nemertina spp.
Oligochaeta spp.
Brania wellfleetensis
Notomastus laterceus
Branchiostoma caribaeum
Nemertina spp.
Nematoda spp.
Apoprionospio pygmaea
Onuphis eremita oculata
Mellita sp. (iuv.)
Goniadides carolinae
PERCENTAGE
May
31.6
6.1
8.0
0.0
0.1
0.0
2.4
4.9
5.4
8.1
25.4
5.4
0.8
0.4
0.0
10.3
5.7
62.7
1.2
2.5
0.0
6.7
8.3
5.4
7.3
0.6
0.0
0.6
0.3
0.0
5.6
7.6
4.5
1.3
0.0
0.6
4.1
10.0
8.3
9.1
5.9
5.3
0.0
OF TOTAL FAUNA
October
20.0
0.0
0.0
11.3
6.7
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.6
6.0
0.0
4.2
19.8
6.0
16.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
66.5
7.3
5.4
0.4
0.0
0.0
7.2
17.2
11.1
6.1
5.4
13.6
4.9
0.2
6.4
6.0
8.9
5.1
6.2
0.9
50.4
0.0
0.1
0.0
7.9
436
-------
Table 10.2.
Continued. The Most Abundant Taxa (>5%) at each Station for
the May and/or October Benthic Samples.
STATION
3G
31
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
SPECIES
Nematoda spp.
Nemertina spp.
Oligochaeta spp.
Armandia maculata
Nematoda spp.
Copepoda sp. A
Oligochaeta spp.
Branchiostoma caribaeum
Nematoda spp.
Spio pettiboneae
Acanthohaustorius sp.
Rhepoxynius c.f. epistomus
Branchiostoma caribaeum
Ophelia sp.
Acanthohaustorius sp.
Branchiostoma caribaeum
Ophelia sp.
Rhepoxynius c.f. epistomus
Spio pettiboneae
Travisia hobsonae
Acanthohaustorius sp.
Rhepoxynius c.f. epistomus
Branchiostoma caribaeum
Ophelia sp.
Nematoda spp.
Spiophanes bombyx
Tiron tropikis
Rhepoxynius c.f. epistomus
Cyclaspis varians
Nemertina spp.
Onuphis eremita oculata
Scolelepis squama ta
Acanthohaustorius sp.
Nemertina spp.
Anodontia alba
Monoculodes nyei
Mysidacea sp. (juv.)
Nematoda spp.
Olivella dealbata
Ostracoda sp. A
Metamysidopsis swifti
4-^7
PERCENTAGE
May
19.4
5.4
1.9
1.2
53.4
13.4
0.9
0.2
6.2
7.4
32.0
9.8
19.0
O.D
64.7
11.2
0.1
2.7
8.0
6.1
32.8
6.6
20.1
0.0
5.4
5.8
5.4
31.2
5.4
0.1
0.5
0.0
3.4
7.1
7.1
5.1
19.0
3.4
1.0
0.0
0.0
OF TOTAL FAUNA
October
53.3
0.7
7.5
12.2
57.3
0.0
6.2
5.1
0.3
0.2
7.9
11.7
43.0
21.3
16.3
35.3
29.3
6.4
1.9
0.0
9.8
7.9
45.0
13.2
0.7
1.4
0.0
8.4
0.0
14.0
7.0
15.4
9.8
3.8
2.5
0.0
0.0
6.6
6.9
5.3
28.7
-------
Table 10.2.
Continued. The Most Abundant Taxa (>5%) at each Station for
the May and/or October Benthic Samples.
STATION
5G
51
SPECIES
Nemtaoda spp.
Mysidacea sp. (juv.)
Copepoda sp. A
Mellita sp. (juv.)
Armandia maculata
Axiothella mucosa
Branchiostoma caribaeum
Nematoda spp.
Nemertina spp.
Mysidacea sp. (juv.)
Ostracoda sp. A
Spio pettiboneae
Branchiostoma caribaeum
PERCENTAGE OF
May
32.0
18.8
5.4
5.4
0.4
0.0
1.0
19.8
11.1
13.2
6.3
0.3
0.0
TOTAL FAUNA
October
12.2
0.2
0.4
0.0
14.8
6.8
32.0
43.3
0.3
1.1
0.2
24.6
6.2
438
-------
Table 10.3. Comparison of the invertebrate faunal composition (percent
of total numbers) by major taxa between May and October 1980.
Taxon
ANNELIDA
Polychaeta
Oligochaeta
NEMATODA
NEMERTINA
CEPHALOCHORDATA
Branchiostoma caribaeum
MOLLUSCA
Bivalvia
Gastropoda
Scaphopoda
CRUSTACEA
Amphipoda
Ostracoda
Decapoda
Isopoda
Mysidacea
Cumacea
Tanaidacea
Cirripedia
ECHINODERMATA
CNIDARIA
PLATYHELMINTHES
Percent Composition (Rank Order)
May
24.7 ( 1)
1.9 (12)
17.3 ( 2)
3.8 ( 7)
4.4 ( 5)
6.1 ( 4)
1.1 (13)
0.1 (16)
16.4 ( 3)
2.7 ( 9)
2.0 (11)
0.6 (14)
4.1 ( 6)
2.6 (10)
0.1 (16)
0.02 (17)
3-0 ( 8)
0.6 (14)
0.3 (15)
October
29.0 ( 1)
3.6 ( 7)
22.1 ( 2)
2.0 (10)
14.4 ( 3)
5.8 ( 5)
2.5 ( 9)
0.2 (16)
7.7 ( 4)
4.5 ( 6)
1.6 (11)
0.9 (12)
0.8 (13)
0.7 (14)
0.4 (15)
0.4 (15)
2.6 ( 8)
0.1 (17)
0.2 (16)
439
-------
May and also Station 3E for October. Station 3B exhibited species
numbers uncharacteristically low for the study area: 19 species in May
and 28 in October. Factors accounting for this anomaly are presented
in the discussion. The greatest absolute change in species numbers
occurred at Station II, a decline of 116 species from May to October.
The greatest increase in species numbers was for Station 3E, which
increased by 54 species from May to November. Changes at other stations
were less pronounced. No nearshore-offshore trends in species richness
were evident. Overall, the pattern of mean number of species per transect
was the same for both May and October. Transect 1 had the greatest mean
number of species (May, 93; October, 68), Transect 3 fewer (May, 63;
October, 63), and Transect 5 the lowest (May, 51; October, 49). The
Margalef's index generally reflects the same trends exhibited by species
numbers.
Figures 10.3 and 10.4 illustrate the spatial patterns of species rich-
ness (I of species) and faunal densities (# organisms/m ) at each transect for
May and October. A notable similarity exists for both the May and October
plots of Transect 5, in that increased faunal density is accompanied by
increased species numbers at inshore and offshore stations with a corres-
ponding reduction in both parameters at Station 5D.
Species Diversity and Equitability
Species diversity (as Shannon's and Gini's indices) values are pre-
sented in Table 10.4. Shannon's H' values ranged from 1.53 at Station 3B
(October) to 3.90 at Station 3C (May). Mean diversity values (by transect)
show similar patterns as species richness, i.e., greatest diversity
occurring at Transect 1 and the lowest at Transect 5. Notably, H1 values
at all but three stations (1G, 5B, 5D) were lower in October than May.
Gini's index values generally followed the trends exhibited by the
Shannon's index.
Equitability values (Pielou's index, J') are presented in Table
10.4. Higher equitability values were usually accompanied by higher
440
-------
28
24'
o 20.
H 16-
(0
i
i 8
1 4
200r
85
u.
O80-J-
§40+
TRANSECT 1
1A
18 1C 10
STATION
IE
1G
11
6
*•" »
?
w
5»
_i
i
100r
(0
u.
IU
a
TRANSECT #
3A
3B 3C 3D
STATION
3E
3G
31
12
to
6-
< 4
80
O)
Ul
5
IU
&
CO
Ul
to
20-
2" Z
TRANSECT 5
*
5A
SB 5C 5D
STATION
5E
5G
51
figure 10.3.
Faunal Density ($/m2, solid line) and Species Richness (# species/
station, dotted line) Plots of Benthic Fauna by Transect for May,
1980.
441
-------
200i
TRANSECT 1
1C 1D
STATION
28
-24* _
-------
Table 10.4. Comparison of Benthic Community Parameters between May and October 1980.
Station
1A
IB
1C
ID
IE
1G
11
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3G
31
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5G
51
Faunal Density
No./m
May Oct .
3036 7991
4607 5330
3866 8634
4875 15063
11518 4964
5036 2179
24321 1339
2313 3839
2152 4152
2795 2491
4714 4911
3000 27884
1982 12188
4938 7045
7348 13179
10420 12964
5982 9777
1804 1277
3652 3518
6313 4098
2884 3152
SPECIES RICHNESS
No. of
Species Margalef ' s
May Oct. May Oct.
59 89 9.93 12.95
84 72 13.29 11.11
81 90 13.16 12.95
88 79 13.78 10.50
114 54 15.68 8.39
71 49 10.99 8.73
156 40 19.42 7.78
59 58 10.43 9.40
19 28 3.27 4.40
86 42 14.79 7.28
83 75 13.04 11.73
63 117 10.64 14.42
74 64 13.15 8.73
60 59 9.27 8.69
38 45 5.51 6.03
46 44 6.37 5.91
48 56 7.22 7.86
39 39 7.14 7.66
67 54 10.97 8.87
69 60 10.30 9.63
52 42 8.78 6.99
SPECIES DIVERSITY
Shannon-Weaver
H1 Gini's
May Oct. May Oct.
3.65 3.04 0.97 0.84
3.77 3.55 0.97 0.96
3.69 3.57 0.96 0.96
3.84 2.94 0.97 0.89
3.57 2.67 0.93 0.84
2.42 3.06 0.78 0.92
3.26 3.12 0.88 0.93
3.23 3.11 0.92 0.92
1.54 1.53 0.59 0.55
3.90 3.01 0.97 0.92
3.83 3.67 0.97 0.96
3.53 2.21 0.96 0.72
3.68 2.08 0.95 0.69
2.13 2.09 0.69 0.66
2.31 1.94 0.84 0.75
1.59 1.85 0.57 0.76
2.40 2.14 0.83 0.76
2.88 3.07 0.88 0.93
3.43 3.06 0.94 0.90
2.77 2.67 0.85 0.85
3.07 2.08 0.92 0.75
Equitability
Pielou's J1
May Oct.
0.89 0.68
0.85 0.83
0.84 0.79
0.86 0.67
0.75 0.67
0.57 0.79
0.65 0.84
0.79 0.77
0.52 0.46
0.88 0.81
0.87 0.85
0.85 0.46
0.86 0.50
0.52 0.51
0.63 0.51
0.42 0.49
0.62 0.53
0.79 0.84
0.82 0.77
0.65 0.65
0.78 0.56
U)
-------
diversity values. The trends shown by Jf were identical to those of
the diversity indices but were not as pronounced.
Faunal Similarity
Faunal similarity values (Morisita's index) between stations are
presented as trellis diagrams in Figures 10.5 and 10.6. Higher similar
station groupings are summarized by the following, where the double
arrow indicates high similarity:
for May:
• 1C «—» ID «—» 3E
1G
for October:
5G*-
-*5C,
5B
• IE, 3B, 3E, 3G, 31 and 51 were all highly similar to
each other.
The analysis for May indicates an offshore faunal group which
appears slightly stronger if moderately similar stations are considered.
Just as significant, however, are Stations 3A and 3B, which are very
dissimilar to all other stations. For May, there were 16 (7.6%) combi-
nations of high similarity, 35 (16.0%) combinations of moderate similarity,
35 (16.7%) cases of low similarity and 124 (59.0%) cases of very low
similarity.
There are no clear nearshore-offshore groupings for October;
however, the nearshore Stations 5A, 5B, 5C of Transect 5 were similar to
444
-------
Figure 10.5. Trellis Diagram Depicting Faunal Similarity Between Benthic
Sampling Stations, for May, 1980 (based on CX values).
Station No.
!A 16 1C
ID
16
II
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
31
5A
SB
5C
5E
56
51
I A
IB
1C
ID
IE
16
II
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3G
31
5A
SB
5E
3D
5E
56
51
IB
1C
ID
IE
16
TT
3B
3C
3D
3E
36
31
SB
SC
5D
5E
5D 51
£>•
U1
HI6H CX > 0.7
HODERATE CX>0.5<0.7
LOU CX>0.3<0.5
MERY LOU CX <0.3
Faunal sinilarity values are based on
Horisita's (19S9) fornula.
-------
Figure 10.6. Trellis Diagram Depicting Faunal Similarity Between Benthic
Sampling Stations, for October, 1980 (based on CX values).
Station No
1A
1C
ID
IE
16
II
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
36
31
5A
5B
5C
5E
51
HIGH
HODERATE
LOU
VERY LOU
C A > 0.7
C X >0.5<0.7
C X >0.3<0.5
CX < 0.3
Faunal sinilarity values are based on
Horisita's (1959) fornula.
-------
stations 5G and ID. Also, stations of Transect 3 (3B, 3E, 3G, 31) were
similar to Stations IE and 51. Overall, for October ther were more
highly similar combinations (23, or 11%) than May, fewer moderate and low
combinations (11, or 5.2%; and 27, or 12.9%) and more very low
similarity cases (149, or 71.0%).
As stated earlier, Nematoda comprised a large portion of the total
fauna collected for both sampling periods. In general, nematodes are
considered a meiofaunal group (animals which pass through a 0.5 mm sieve),
although they may be many millimeters in length. However, because of
their very small diameter (usually<. 1 mm), most nematodes will pass "
through a 0.5 mm sieve given sufficient sieving time. In light of the
difficulty in quantifying nematodes, faunal similarity analysis was
also conducted after deleting them from the data sets. The overall
result for both May and October was a reduction in faunal similarity
between most stations ( Figures 10.7 and 10.8). The stations group
out as follows:
for May:
* 1C-—» 3C
5C
5E
for October:
51
• ID.
I/I
5A- »5B
• 3B- »3C
For May the 1C, 3C, and 5E with 5G, and 51 are new highly similar
groupings. Overall, excluding nematodes for May there are 8 (3.8%)
combinations of high similarity, 23 (11%) combinations of moderate similarity,
447
-------
Figure 10.7. Trellis Diagram Depicting Faunal Similarity Between Benthic
Station No.
1A
ID
1C
ID
IE
Sampling Stations, excluding Nematodes, for May,1980
(based on CX values).
16 II 3A 3B 3C
1A
SB
SC
SD
5E
56
51
00
HIGH CX > 0.7
MODERATE C* >0.5 <0.7
LOU C * >0.3 <0.5
VERY LOU CX <0.3
Faunal sinilarity values are based on
Horisita's (1959) formula.
-------
Figure 1O.8.
Trellis Diagram Depicting Faunal Similarity Between Benthic
Sampling Stations, excluding Nematodes, for October, 1980
(based on CA values)
Station No
51
1A
IB
1C
ID
IE
16
II
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
36
31
5A
SB
5C
5D
5E
50
51
HI6H CX > 0.7
MODERATE CX 20.5<0.?
LOU CX >0.3<0.5
VERY LOU CX <0.3
•••»
Faunal sinilarity values are based on
Horisita's (1959) fornula.
-------
40 (19%) combinations of low similarity and 139 (66%) combinations of
very low similarity. Excluding nematodes for May, the nearshore, offshore
groupings for Transect 5 were much more clear cut.
With the exclusion of nematodes, for October, the 3C, 3B, and
the 5B, ID high similarities were new groupings. Overall, there were 10
(5%) highly similar combinations, 3 (1%) moderately similar combinations,
20 (10%) low similarity combinations, and 177 (84%) very low similarity
combinations. Excluding nematodes for October results in a large reduc-
tion of many similarity values. Transect 3 between-station similarities
were only slightly changed.
Results of a faunal similarity analysis between May and October
samplings for all stations are presented in Table 10.5. Only one pair
of stations (3B and 5E) exhibited high between-season similarity. Nine
station pairs (3C and 5D; 5A and IE, 5A, 5B, 5C; 5C and IE, 5A, 5B, 5C)
exhibited moderate similarity. Generally, there was a notable lack of
faunal similarity between seasons.
Overall, the faunal similarity analysis indicates a hetero-
geneously distributed benthic fauna with definite seasonal changes.
Sediment-Fauna Inter-relationships
Hardly any significant relationship existed between benthic fauna
and sediment parameters. However, stations with a low mean phi (ID, IE,
II, 3E (October), and 3G (October)) usually contained the greatest number
of species (although the linear correlations between the number of species
and mean grain size were not particularly high: May, r = -.78; October,
r = -.44). The correlations between faunal density and mean grain size
(0 value) were most consistent but again not high: May, r = -.69; October,
r = -.60. Other sediment and faunal parameters generally exhibited low
linear correlations.
A few other sediment-fauna relationships are worth noting:
• The polychaete Capitella capitata, considered an
indicator of organically enriched sediments, occurred
only in relative abundance at the silty Station 3B (May).
450
-------
Station No.
IB
1C
IP
IE
1G
38
OCTOBER
3C 3D 3E
36
31
5A SB
1C
1C
1B
IE
16
11
3«
«3B
A3C
Y3D
31
36
31
5»
SB
5C
SB
5E
56
SI
1A IB 1C ID IE 16 II 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 36 31 5A SB 5C SB SE 56 51
HIGH C 3 0.7
MODERATE C >0.5<0.7
LOU C >0.3
-------
Metamysidopsis swifti (mysid), a probable
opportunistic species was collected at the same
station in high numbers.
• The amphipod Acanthohaustorius sp. and the bivalve
Anodontia alba occurred in abundance (^5%) only at
stations consisting predominantly of fine sand.
• The bivalve Tellina sp. was abundant (j>5%) only
at stations consisting of very fine sand.
Grain size was statistically different between Transects
(Students t, a = 0.05) 1 and 3 for May, as were faunal density and
species richness. Transects 1 and 5 and Transects 3 and 5 were not
significantly different in mean grain size, faunal density, or species
richness. For the October sampling, there were no significant differ-
ences between transects for mean grain size, faunal density or species
numbers. When May is compared to October no significant differences
were observed between corresponding transects for the same three
parameters.
452
-------
DISCUSSION
Adequacy of Sampling Design
The accuracy of the baseline data collected in the present study
is dependent on the adequacy of the sampling design. Some of the key
factors in establishing sampling and analysis adequacy are:
• Reliability and accuracy of sampling device
(consistent substrate penetration, no loss of
sample during retrieval, etc.; characteristics
for a good sampling device are described by
Menzies and Rowe, 1968; Holme and Mclntyre, 1971).
• Adequate sieve size to retain a majority of the
macrofauna (Reish, 1959b).
• Good and consistent procedures to ensure proper
preservation of fauna.
• Adequate number of stations to address spatial
variability of fauna.
• Sufficient replication to adequately describe
(1) within-station faunal variation, and
(2) a majority of the species inhabiting the
site.
• Sufficient temporal frequency of sampling to
address seasonal variations in fauna.
• Sound taxonomic procedures and use of expert
confirmations to ensure accurate identification
of organisms.
• Consistent data analysis procedures.
In the present study the above criteria have been addressed as
follows to ensure the collection of an adequate, quantitative data base:
• A diver-operated core was utilized to ensure consistent
penetration and the collection of samples satisfying
453
-------
all the criteria defined by Menzies and Rowe, 1968.
The core is generally considered a better device
than conventional grabs (Word et al., 1976; Swartz,
1978). Additionally, the use of cloth bags to
enclose the cores prevents any loss of sediment or
animals upon retrieval.
• A 0.5 mm sieve was utilized to wash the samples.
This sieve size is generally considered adequate
for macrofaunal studies (Mahadevan and Patton, 1979).
• Fixing and preserving methods were consistent and
followed acceptable proecdures in the literature.
• A total of 21 stations were sampled to ensure the
documentation of spatial faunal variability. The
stations encompassed various depths and substrates.
• Seven replicates were analyzed from each station.
Species saturation curves (Gleason, 1922; Holme, 1953)
for each station are presented in Figures 10.9 through
10.14. in general, seven replicates appear to be
adequate for collecting a majority of the species at
most stations (criterion: increase between replicates
5 and 6 less than 10%; each curve is the average of
two randomly chosen data permutations). Exceptions
were Stations 1A (10.5%, Figure 10.9), IB (10.5%,
Figure 10.9), II (15.0%, Figure 10.9), 3B (10.5%,
Figure 10.10), 3E (10.5%, Figure 10.10}, and 31 (10.7%,
Figure 10J.O) for the May sampling. For October, there
were only two exceptions: Station 3G (16.1%, Figure
10.13) and 51 (14.1%, Figure 10.14).
Sampling appears sufficient for October and marginally adequate
for May. Additional replicates would have strengthened the data base.
454
-------
•rl
0
(1)
en
60
30
Station 1A
90
81
o
•rl
0
0
w 45
_i i i i i
12 345
Replicate
Station 1C
6 7
120 ,.
to
0
•H
O
0
Oi
w 60
•
0
z
Station IE
23456
Replicate
170
to
0)
•H
y
cu
a
W 85
in
o>
•H
O
0)
ft
90
45
01
-------
60
W
o>
•H
S 30
90
OJ
!4S
65
CQ
0)
•H
O
(U
0, 33
Station 3A
1 • • 1 L.
12 34 5 67
Replicate
Station 3C
12345
Replicate
Station 3E
6 7
1234 5 6 7
Replicate
20
•H
O
<" 1 n
Ot 10
cn
to
0)
a
90
45
to
0)
•H
O
0)
cn 40
Station 3B
i i a
123 4 567
Replicate
Station 3D
80 L
1 2 34 567
Replicate
60
(0
0)
•H
U
g.30
w
Station 31
12 3 45 67
Replicate
Figure 10.10. Species Area Curves for Transect 3, May, 1980.
Percentage increase is between replicates 6 and 7.
456
-------
40
ra
01
•rf
0
I
« 20
50
70
10
-------
10
0)
-H
0)
04
904
60
30
Station 1A
,1 I
1234567
9 Of- station 1C
to
-------
Station 3A
• 60
.3
i
S1 30
45
0)
•H
U
ID on
n, 2U
W
ffl
•H
0
120
60
12 34 567
Replicate
Station 3C
12345
Replicate
Station 3E
6 7
12 3 4 567
Replicate
CO
(U
•H
o
0)
ft
CQ
0)
•H
O
-------
45
60
30
60
30
60
30
Station 5A
5.4% increase — ^
i i I i
12 34567
Replicate
Station 5C
1234567
Replicate
Station 5E
8.2% increase
34567
Replicate
60
30
Station 51
20
45
20
60
30
Station 5B
12345
Replicate
Station 5D
I
I
j I
2345
Replicate
Station 5G
1
7.4% increase
I I I II I
12345
Replicate
14.1% increase
Jill I I
Figure 10.14.
1234567
Replicate
Species Area Curves for Transect 5, October, 1980.
Percentage increase is between replicates 6 and 7.
460
-------
The number of replicates analyzed per station for this study
was considerable: 7 replicates, total surface area 0.122 m2. For
2
most benthic studies, 0.1 m is considered a sufficient sample size
(Holme and Mclntyre, 1971). Most of the previous studies in this geo-
graphic area (cited in the Introduction) sampled considerably less
surface area. The large number of replicates required to obtain species
saturation exemplifies the diversity of the study area. There were no
apparent correlations between substrate type and degree of saturation
of the species area curves.
• In order to address any variations due to seasonal
influences, samples were collected for both May and
October. There was no significant difference
(Student's t, a = 0.05) for faunal density or number
of species at any Transect for May versus October
comparisons. A faunal similarity analysis was con-
ducted between May and October samplings for all
stations (Table 10.5). Only one pair of stations
(3Band5E) exhibited high between-season similarity
(May to October) ; nine station pairs (3C and 5D; 5A
and IE, 5A, 5B, 5C; 5C and IE, 5A, 5B, 5C) showed
a moderate similarity. Generally, there was a notable
lack of faunal similarity between seasons. The
inshore stations of Transect 5 showed the least
amount of seasonal variation and can be considered
the most "stable" of the stations.
• Taxonomic procedures followed standard literature
jf
keys and expert confirmations.
• Sediment samples have been analyzed by standard
geological methods, tabulated and summarized for
each station. Appendices present complete station
by station faunal counts for all organisms collected.
Analytical methods and numerical indices were
chosen on the basis of their widespread use in
scientific literature and their ability to provide
meaningful data summaries.
461
-------
Substratum Characterization
A general description of the substrata at the three transects as
observed from bottom video coverage is presented in Chapter 2 (Figure 2.10).
At Transects 1 and 3, silty sand was observed in nearshore stations and
confirmed by the grain size and silt-clay analyses (Stations 1A-1D, 3A-3E).
Similarly, patchy areas of coarse shell-sand bottom were observed in the
offshore areas of Transect 1 and confirmed by the sediment analyses
(Stations IE and II). Although the rest of the area consisted of patchy
hard bottom and coarse shell substrates (video coverage), sediment analyses
confirmed only the presence of coarse to very fine clean sand substrates
(based on mean particle size, j3 value).
The study area can be characterized as a typical coastal habitat
with silty sand bands nearshore and clean fine sand/shell mixture offshore
with patches of hard and coarse shell bottoms. This description agrees
with those of Collard and D'Asaro (see Introduction), for the Eastern
Gulf of Mexico.
Faunal Characterization
Some of the characteristics of the benthic macrofaunal communities
in the study area are:
• High species diversity
• Low incidence of single species dominance
(or high equitability)
• High spatial and temporal heterogeneity in species
composition
• Moderate faunal density
Although seasonal changes in faunal density and species richness were minimal,
the extent of change in species composition is indicative of a benthic
fauna in the study area that is dependent on larval recruitment. In com-
parison to Tampa Bay (including Hillsborough Bay), the fauna is considerably
more diverse and spatially heterogeneous (Table 10.6). Communities at
Anclote Sound and Beacon Key (Tampa Bay) appear to be more diverse but
are probably due to the seagrass beds in the area, which generally tend
462
-------
*TabJ.e 1O. 6.
Comparison of average faunal densities (number of organisms/m ) and species richness
(average number of species/station) for sub-tidal benthos of Tampa Bay and Anclote
Anchorage, Florida.
Locality
Species
Richness
Faunal
Density
Source
1975
1976
u>
1972
1972
1978
Apollo Beach (Hillsborough Bay)
(a) 1972 22
(b) 1975 54
(c) 1976-77 54
(d) 1979-80 30
Beacon Key Area (Tampa Bay)
(a) Sandy substrate 110
(b) Channel 50
(a) Sandy substrate 88
(b) Channel 41
1974 Bullfrog Creek (Hillsborough Bay) 21
Gadsden Point Cut
(a) 1974
(b) 1975-76
(Hillsborough Bay)
1975 Gardinier (Hillsborough Bay)
Hillsborough Bay
(a) 1974
(b) 1975-present
Papys Bayou (Tampa Bay)
Tampa Bay (near Channels)
(a) Undredged soft substrate
(b) Undredged firm substrate
Anclote Anchorage
(a) Sandy substrate
(b) Grass beds
1980 Gulf of Mexico (offshore Pinellas
County)
*Table modified from Upchurch et al. (1976).
60
51
10
17
29
25
17
29
85
94
17150
16605
23160
5489
9740
3018
11061
4879
8865
15755
14989
12017
23178
73400
6112
2378
2837
6916
17263
Virnstein, 1972
Mahadevan and Hunter, 1976
Mahadevan et al., 1977
Mahadevan et al., 1980
Mahadevan, 1976
Mahadevan, 1976
Mahadevan, manuscript
Mahadevan, manuscript
LETCO, 1975
Simon and Doyle, 1974
Simon, Doyle and Conner, 1976
Upchurch et al., 1976
Taylor, 1975 ++
Simon et al. (in progress)
Hall and Lindall, 1974°
Taylor, 1973
Taylor, 1973
Mahadevan and Patton, 1979
Mahadevan and Patton, 1979
++Only Polychaetes. Only control data.
-------
to provide highly diverse benthic communities; Thorhaug et al., 1978.
The high diversity in the study area is probably attributable
to the presence of several microhabitats in the form of hard bottoms and
coarse shell areas intermixed with sand and silty areas.
Single or several polychaete species are often the dominant taxa
of the nearby bays. In contrast, although polychaetes are the most
abundant taxonomic group (Table 10.3), individual polychaete species are
not as dominant (Table 10.2). Dominant species often include amphipods,
mysids, molluscs, and Branchiostoma caribaeum (cephalochordate) which are
often indicative of "clean water" conditions.
Substratum-Fauna Relationships
Substratum type is generally considered as the most important
factor influencing the distribution of benthic organisms (Petersen, 1913;
1915; 1918; Jones, 1956; Thorson, 1957; Sanders, 1958; McNulty et al.,
1962; Buchanan, 1963; Nichols, 1970; Young and Rhoads, 1971; Johnson,
1971; Bloom et al., 1972; Pearson, 1975; Probert, 1975; Conner and Simon,
1979).
Mean grain size appears to be correlated with faunal density and
species richness in the study area. Capitella capitata is a polychaete
often associated with organically enriched sediments (Reish, 1972), and
is a common, often abundant component of local bays. The only station
at which £. capitata was abundant was 3B, which also contained the greatest
amount of silt-clay and organic content. This anomaly can be explained
by the location of Station 3B near the mouth of Hurricane Pass. The station
is located in the depression of an old pass channel which is now acting as
an organic sink for fine particles. A bathymetry trace (Figure 10.15) shows
this feature. The other inshore stations of Transect 3 also have relatively
large mean grain sizes (0) . The source for the fine particulate organic
matter is undoubtedly St. Josephs Sound via Hurricane Pass. Transects 1
and 5 do not appear to be similarly influenced by nearby bays.
464
-------
DEPTH (ft
-0- "•
-10-
Figure 10.15. Bathymetry Trace for Stations A, B, and C of Transect 3,
from May, 1980.
465
-------
Extreme heterogeneity of substrata in the study area probably
accounts for the high diversity, large numbers of species and lack of
continuous communities over large expanses. This substrata hetero-
geneity increases further offshore as the sand bottom becomes thinner
and rock outcroppings and coarse sediments become more numerous
(Chapter 2). Observations made by divers indicated that in some areas a
thin layer of sand or shelly material overlies limestone rock or fossil
coral. Additionally, the patches of soft substrate become smaller off-
shore sometimes only meters or tens of meters wide. This patchiness
accounts for the common finding of "typical" reef or rubble dwelling
organisms in soft substrate samples (i.e., polychaetes such as Syllis
spongicola and several species of scale worms).
Environmental Considerations
The proposed sewage outfall would probably alter the benthic
habitats in the area in the following manner:
1) Change substrata type to finer grain sizes.
2) Organically enrich the substratum.
3) Introduce various chemical pollutants in the substratum.
4) Increase turbidity of the overlying water column.
5) Reduce salinity in the area of outfall.
6) Introduce bacterial and viral contaminants.
Indirectly, benthic communities would also receive altered larval recruit-
ment due to physical and chemical changes in the water column.
Because mean grain size appears related to the species richness and
faunal density in the study area, a change in substrate type would probably
alter these parameters. It is likely that species richness would decrease,
faunal density increase, and opportunistic species dominate the study area,
following sewage release, it is reasonable to expect that the area under
the influence of the sewage would mimic the benthic community described at
Station 3B in the present study, i.e., relatively lower species richness,
lower diversity, higher single species dominance and preponderance of
opportunistic species.
466
-------
The magnitude of the effects would depend on various factors:
the volume of discharge, the amount of particulates present, and the
dispersal of the discharge. Concerning dispersal of effluent, multiple
small discharges would possibly have a less severe "sub-lethal" effect
than would one large discharge (because of more efficient mixing with
the water column).
467
-------
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
1. A study of benthic macroinfauna and sediments was conducted
off northern Pinellas County during May and October 1980 to serve as a
preliminary baseline for an Environmental Impact Statement in relation
to >a proposed offshore sewage outfall.
2. Twenty one stations located on three east-west transects
(16 km length) were sampled.
3. A total of 538 taxa were identified from 31,107 benthic
organisms collected in the study.
4. Species composition and various community parameters, such as
faunal density, species richness, diversity and equitability, were
described. Dominant taxa in the study area for May were: Nematoda spp.,
Acanthohaustorius sp. (.amphipod), Branchiostoma caribaeum (cephalochordate),
Copepoda sp. A and Nemertina spp. For October, the dominant taxa were:
Nematoda spp., Branchiostoma caribaeum, Ophelia sp. (polychaete),
Oligochaeta spp. and Acanthohaustorius sp. In general, species diversity
and richness were high, dominance low and the incidence of opportunistic
species low. Spatial and temporal heterogeneity in species composition
was high.
5. Faunal similarity analysis indicated that Transects 1, 3, and 5
were not similar to one another, indicating a high degree of species
variation. Faunal similarity analysis also showed low similarity between
May and October samples, indicating a high degree of seasonal variation.
6. Substrata of the study area were predominantly medium to fine
sand with silt-clay and organic content generally low. Stations 3A, 3B,
and 3C contained a noticeably higher percentage of silt-clay and organically
enriched sediments, possibly originating from St. Josephs Sound. Faunal
density and species richness appear to be inversely related to sediment
mean grain size (0) .
-------
7. Communities of the study area appear to be indicative
of "clean water" conditions, with the exception of the nearshore
stations of Transect 3.
469
-------
LITERATURE CITED
Baird, R.C., K.L. Carder, T.L. Hopkins, T.E. Pyle and H.J. Humm. 1971.
Anclote Environmental Project Report 1971. A report submitted
to Florida Power Corporation by the Univ. South Fla. Marine
Science Institute. 251 pages.
Baird, R.C., K.L. Carder, T.L. Hopkins, T.E. Pyle and H.J. Humm. 1972.
Anclote Environmental Project Report 1972. A report submitted
to Florida Power Corporation by Univ. South Fla., Dept. Marine
Science. 220 pages.
Baird, R.C., K.L. Carder, T.L. Hopkins, T.E. Pyle, H.J. Humm, N.J. Blake
and L.J. Doyle. 1973. Anclote Environmental Project Report 1973.
A report submitted to Florida Power Corporation by Univ. South Fla.
Dept. Marine Science. 136 pages.
Ballantine, D. and H.J. Humm. 1975. Benthic algae of the Anclote Estuary.
I. Epiphytes of seagrass leaves. Fla. Scientist 38(3):150-162.
Barnard, J.L. 1970. Benthic ecology of Bahia de San Quentin, Baja
California. Smithson. Contr. Zool., 44: 60 p.
Blake, N.J., L.J. Doyle and T.E. Pyle. 1974. An ecological study in the
vicinity of the P.L. Bartow Power Plant, Tampa Bay, Florida.
Final Report. Univ. South Fla., Dept. Mar. Sci., 130 pages.
Bloom, S.A., J.L. Simon and V.D. Hunter. 1972. Animal - sediment relations
and community analysis of a Florida estuary. Marine Biology 13(1):
43-56.
Boesch, D.F. 1972. Species diversity of marine macrobenthos in the
Virginia area. Chesapeake Sci., 13(3):206-216.
Borowitzka, M.A. 1972. Intertidal algal species diversity and the effect
of pollution. Aust. Journ. Mar. Freshwater Res. 23(2):73-84.
Bray, J.R. and J.T. Curtis. 1957. An ordination of the upland forest
communities of southern Wisconsin. Ecol. Monogr. 27:325-349.
Buchanan, J.B. 1963. The bottom fauna communities and their sediment
relationships off the coast of Northumberland. Oikos, 14:154-175.
Cairns, J. and K.L. Dickson. 1971. A simple method for the biological
assessment of the effects of waste discharge on the aquatic bottom-
dwelling organisms. Journ. Water Poll. Contr. Fed., 43(5):755-772.
470
-------
Camp, D.K. 1973. Stomatopod Crustacea. Memoirs of the Hourglass
Cruises. Vol. Ill, Pt. II, Fla. Dept. Nat. Resources, Mar.
Res. Lab. 100 pages.
Cobb, S.P., C.R. Futch and D.K. Camp. 1973. The rock shrimp, Sicyonia
brevirostris (Decapoda, Penaeidae). Mem. Hourglass Cruises.
III(l):l-38. Fla. DNR, Mar. Res. Lab., St. Petersburg, Fla.
Collard, S.B. and C.N. D'Asaro. 1973. Benthic Invertebrates of the
Eastern Gulf of Mexico. 28 pages. In; A summary of knowledge
of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico. SUSIO, St. Petersburg, Florida.
Conner, W.G. and J.L. Simon. 1979. The effects of oyster shell dredging
on an estuarine benthic community. Estuarine and Coastal Marine
Science, 9:749-758.
Conservation Consultants, Inc. 1971a. A seasonal ecological survey in the
eastern Tampa Bay in the vicinity of Port Manatee. Rept. by
Conservation Consultants, Inc. to Florida Power and Light Company.
134 pp.
Conservation Consultants, Inc. 197Ib. An ecological study of eastern
Tampa Bay in the vicinity of Port Manatee. Progress rept. by
Conservation Consultants, Inc. to Florida Power and Light Co.
59 pp.
Conservation Consultants, Inc. 197Ic. An ecological study in the vicinity
of Port Manatee, Tampa Bay. Summer Quarter Rept. by Conservation
Consultants, Inc. to Florida Power and Light Co. 1(1):136 pp.
Conservation Consultants, Inc. 197Id. An ecological study in the vicinity
of Port Manatee, Tampa Bay, Florida. Fall Quarter Rept. by Conser-
vation Consultants, Inc. 1(2): 133 pp.
Conservation Consultants, Inc. 1972a. An ecological study in the vicinity
of Port Manatee, Tampa Bay, Florida. Winter Quarter Report to
Florida Power and Light Co. by Conservation Consultants, Inc. 110 pp.
Conservation Consultants, Inc. 1972b. An ecological study in the vicinity
of Port Manatee, Tampa Bay, Florida. Spring Quarter Report to Florida
Power and Light Co. by Conservation Consultants, Inc. 87 pp.
Conservation Consultants, Inc. 1972c An ecological study in the vicinity
of Port Manatee, Tampa Bay, Florida. Progress rept. No. 2 prepared
by Conservation Consultants, Inc. for Florida Power and Light Co.
48 pp.
471
-------
Conservation Consultants, Inc. 1972d. An ecological study in the
vicinity of Port Manatee, Tampa Bay, Florida. Summary report
prepared by Conservation Consultants, Inc. for Florida Power
and Light Co. 129 pp.
Conservation Consultants, Incorporated. 1975. A summary and analysis
of past ecological studies in the vicinity of the Big Bend Steam
Electric Station, Tampa Bay, Florida. Edited by R.D. Garrity.
A report submitted to Tampa Electric Company. 423 pages.
Cooper, A.G. 1973. Brachiopods. Mem. Hourglass Cruises. Ill(III):
1-17. Fla. DNR, Mar. Res. Lab., St. Petersburg, Fla.
Culter, J.K. and S. Mahadevan. 1978. Vertical stratification of
benthic estuarine fauna. Paper presented at Fla. Field Biol.
Second Annu. Meet. Jan. 20-22, 1978.
Culter, J.K. 1979. A population study of the inarticulate brachipod
Glothidia pyramidita (Stimpson). Univ. South Fla., M.S. Thesis.
Dauer, D.M. 1974. Repopulation of the polychaete fauna of an intertidal
habitat following natural defaunation. Univ. South Fla., Ph.D.
Dissertation.
Dauer, D.M. and J.L. Simon. 1975. Lateral or along-shore distribution
of the polychaetous annelids of an intertidal, sandy habitat.
Marine Biology, 31:363-370.
Dauer, D.M. and W.G. Conner. 1976. Organic enrichment effects upon
benthic polychaete populations. Virginia Journ. Sci., 27(2):43.
Dauer, D.M. and J.L. Simon. 1976a. Habitat expansion among polychaetous
annelids repopulating a defaunated marine habitat. Marine Biology,
37:169-177.
Dauer, D.M. and J.L. Simon. 1976b. Repopulation of the polychaete fauna
of an intertidal habitat following natural defaunation: Species
equilibrium. Oecologia (Berlin), 22:99-117.
Dawes, C.J. and J.F. Van Breedveld. 1969. Benthic marine algae. Mem.
Hourglass Cruises, Marine Res. Lab., DNR, .1 (Part II) : 47.
DeJong, T.M. 1975. A comparison of three diversity indices based on
their components of richness and evenness. Oikos 26(2) -,222-221.
472
-------
Dills, G.G. and D.T. Rogers. 1972. Aquatic-biotic community structure
as an indicator of pollution. Geol. Survey of Alabama, Circ. 80,
21 pages.
Dragovich, A. and J.A. Kelly, Jr. 1964. Ecological observations of
macroinvertebrates in Tampa Bay, Florida, 1961-62. Bull. Mar.
Sci. Gulf Caribb., 14(1):74-102.
Estevez, E.D. 1978. Ecology of Sphaeroma terebrans Bate, a wood boring
isopod. Univ. South Florida, Ph.D. Dissertation.
Fager, E.W., 1972. Diversity: A sampling study. The Amer. Naturalist,
106: 293-310.
Farrell, Douglas. 1974. Benthic ecology of Timbalier Bay, Louisiana
and adjacent offshore areas in relation to oil production, Ph.D.
dissertation, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla. 151 pp.
Folk, R.L. 1974. Petrology of Sedimentary Rocks. Hemphill Publishing
Company, Austin, Texas. 182 pages.
Gage, J. and A.D. Geekie. 1973. Community structure of the benthos
in Scottish Sea-Lochs. III. Further studies on patchiness. Mar.
Biol. 20:89-100.
Gage, J. 1974. Shallow-water zonation of sea-loch benthos and its
relation to hydrographic and other physical features. J.M.B.A.
(U.K.), 54:223-249.
Gage, J. 1975. A comparison of the deep-sea epibenthic sledge and
anchor-box dredge samplers with the Van Veen grab and hand coring
by diver. Deep-Sea Res. 22:693-702.
Galstoff, P.S. (ed.). 1954. Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters and
marine life. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fish. Bull. 89.
Gini, C. 1912. Variabilita e mutabilita. Studi Economico-Guirida Fac.
Giurisprudence Univ. Cagliari. A. Ill, parte II.
Gleason, H.A. 1922. On the relation between species and area. Ecology,
3:158-162.
Godcharles, M.F. 1971. A study of the effects of a commercial hydraulic
clam dredge on benthic communities in estuarine areas. Fla. St.
Dept. Nat. Resources, Mar. Res. Lab., Tech. Ser. No. 64; 51 pages.
473
-------
Gore, R.H. and L.E. Scotto. 1979. Crabs of the family Parthenopidae.
Mem. Hourglass Cruises. Ill (VI): 1-98. Fla. DNR Mar. Res. Lab.,
St. Petersburg, Fla.
Grassle, J.F. and W. Smith. 1976. A similarity measure sensitive to
the contribution of rare species and its use in investigation of
variation in marine benthic communities. Oecologia (Berl.) 25:
13-22.
Hairston, R. 1964. Studies on the organization of animal communities.
J. Ecol. (Supple.) 52:227-239.
Hall, J.R. 1972. Molluscs and benthic environments in two Florida west
coast bays. Univ. South Fla., M.A. Thesis.
Hall, J.R. and W.N. Lindall, Jr. 1974. Benthic macroinvertebrates and
sediments from upland canals in Tampa Bay, Florida. NOAA, NMFS,
Data Rep. 94. 221 pages.
Hall, J.R. and C.H. Saloman. 1975. Distribution and abundance of macro-
invertebrate species of six phyla in Tampa Bay, Florida, 1963-64
and 1979. NOAA, NMFS, Data Rep. 100, 505 pages.
Hamilton, A.L. 1969. A method of separating invertebrates from sediments
using long wave ultraviolet light and fluorescent dyes. J. Fish.
Res. Bd. Com. 26:1667-1672.
Hamm, D.C. 1975. Benthic algae of the Anclote River estuary, Tarpon
Springs, Florida. Univ. South Fla., M.S. Thesis.
Hamm, D. and H.J. Humm. 1976. Benthic algae of the Anclote Estuary. II.
Bottom dwelling species. Fla. Scientist 39(4):209-229.
Hanni, E. and H.H. Mathews. 1977. Benefit-cost study of Pinellas County
artificial reefs. Fla. Sea Grant Tech. pap. No. 1. 44 pages.
Hart, C.W. Jr. and S.L.H. Fuller (eds.). 1979. Pollution ecology of
estuarine invertebrates. Academic Press. 406 pages.
Holme, N.A. 1953. The biomass of the bottom fauna in the English Channel
off Plymouth. J.M.B.A. (U.K.) 32:1-49.
Holme, N.A. and A.D. Mclntyre. 1971. Methods for the study of marine
benthos. International Biological Programme, London. 334 pp.
474
-------
Horn, H.S. 1966. Measurement of overlap in comparative ecological
studies. Am. Nat., 100:419-424.
Huff, J.A. and S.P. Cobb. 1979. Penaeoid and sergestoid shrimps.
Mem. Hourglass Cruises. V(IV): 1-102. Fla. DNR Mar. Res. Lab.,
St. Petersburg, Fla.
Humm, H.J., R.C. Baird, K.L. Carder, T.L. Hopkins and T.E. Pyle. 1970.
Anclote Environmental Project Annual Report 1970. A report
submitted to Florida Power Corporation by Univ. South Fla.
Marine Science Institute. 172 pages.
Hurlbert, S.H. 1971. The non-concept of species diversity: a critique
and alternative parameters. Ecology 52:577-585.
Button, R.F., B. Eldred, K.D. Woodburn and R.M. Ingle. 1956. The ecology
of Boca Ciega Bay with species reference to dredging and filling
operations. Fla. St. Bd. Conserv- Mar. Lab. Tech. Ser. No. 17.
Pt. 1, 87 p.
Johnson, R.G. 1970. Variations in diversity within benthic marine
communities. American Naturalist 104:285-300.
Johnson, R.G. 1971. Animal-sediment relations in shallow water benthic
communities. Mar. Geol. 11:93-104.
Jones, N.S. 1956. The fauna and bottom biomass of a muddy sand deposit
off Port Erin, I.O.M. J. Anim. Ecol. 25:217-252.
Jordon, W.R. 1978. Sampling a macrobenthic infaunal sand community in
a subtropical estuary. Univ. South Fla., M.S. Thesis.
Joyce, E.A. Jr. and J. Williams. 1969. Rationale and pertinent data.
Mem. Hourglass Cruises, Vol. I, Part. I. F.D.N.R. Mar. Res. Lab: 1-50.
Korinkova, J. and J. Sigmund. 1968. The coloring of bottom fauna samples
before sorting. Vestn. Cesk. Spol. Zool. 32:300.
Kruer, C.R. 1977. A study of the benthic algae of the natural reefs off
Tampa Bay, Florida gulf coast. Univ. South Fla., M.S. Thesis.
Law Engineering Testing Company. 1975. Waste water disposal plan, East
Tampa Fertilizer Manufacturing Complex. Unpublished report.
290 pages.
Lie, U. and J.C. Kelly. 1970. Benthic infauna communities off the coast
of Washington and Puget Sound. J- Fish. Res. Bd. Canada 27:621-651.
475
-------
Lindall, W.N., J.R. Hall and C.H. Saloman. 1973. Fishes, macro-
invertebrates and hydrological conditions of upland canals
in Tampa Bay, Florida. Fish. Bull., 71(1):155-163.
Lindall, W.N., Jr., W.A. Fable, Jr. and L.A. Collins. 1975. Additional
studies on the fishes, macroinvertebrates and hydrobiological
conditions of upland canals in Tampa Bay, Florida. Fish. Bull.,
73(l):81-85.
LLoyd, M., J.H. Zar and J.R. Karr. 1968. On the calculation of information
theoretical measures of diversity. The Amer. Mid. Natur. 79(2):
257-272.
Lyons, W.G. 1970. Seyllarid lobsters (Crustacea, Decapoda). Mem. Hourglass
Cruises, I(IV):l-74. Fla. DNR, Mar. Res. Lab., St. Petersburg, Fla.
Lyons, W.G. and S.B. Collard. 1974. Benthic invertebrate communities of
the Eastern Gulf of Mexico, pp. 157-165. In; Proceedings of
marine environmental implications of offshore drilling, Eastern
Gulf of Mexico: 1974. R.E. Smith (ed.), SUSIO, St. Petersburg,
Florida.
Mackenthun, K.M. 1966. Biological evaluation of polluted streams. Journ.
Water Poll. Contr. Fed., 38(2):241-247.
Mahadevan, S. 1976. Benthic studies (Chapter 6). In; R.D. Garrity (ed.),
Ecological Studies at Big Bend Steam Electric Station, Tampa Bay,
Florida. 6(2):183-276. Twenty-second Quarterly by Conservation
Consultants, Inc., Palmetto, Florida.
Mahadevan, S. and C.L. Hunter. 1976. Benthic studies (Chapter 4, Part II).
In; R.D. Garrity (ed.). Ecological Studies at Big Bend Steam
Electric Station, Tampa Bay, Florida. Twenty-third Quarterly Report
to Tampa Electric Company by Conservation Consultants, Inc.,
Palmetto, Florida.
Mahadevan, S. 1976. Benthic studies in the Beacon Key area. Chapter IV
(Section B). In: Tampa Electric Company 26th Quarterly report on
the Big Bend Thermal and Ecological Surveys. Prepared by Conservation
Consultants, Inc. R.D. Garrity, ed. pp. 23-85.
Mahadevan, S. 1979. A review and evaluation of the 316 Demonstration
(Volume II, Benthos) by Florida Power Corporation on the Anclote
Generating Unit No. 1. Environ. Prot. Agency, Region 4, Surveillance
and Analysis Division. Tech. Rep. Cont. No. 68-01-5016.
476
-------
Mahadevan, S., J. Culter, S. Hoover, J. Murdoch, P. Reeves and R. Schulze.
1976. A study on the effects of silt-spill and subsequent dredging
on benthic infauna at Apollo Beach embayment. A report by
Conservation Consultants, Inc. to Tampa Electric Company. 58 pages.
Mahadevan, S. and J.K. Culter. 1977. A biological study of the Big Bend
breakwater structure. A report submitted by Conservation Consultants,
Inc. to Tampa Electric Company- 28 pages.
Mahadevan, S. and J.D. Murdoch. 1977. A study on the recovery of benthic
infauna at Apollo Beach embayment following a silt-spill and sub-
sequent dredging. A report submitted by Conservation Consultants,
Inc. to Tampa Electric Company. 37 pages.
Mahadevan, S., J.J.B. Murdoch, F.S. Reeves, J.K. Culter, R.A. Lotspeich
and J.D. Murdoch. 1977. A study on the effects of thermal discharges
on benthic infaunal community structure at Big Bend, Tampa Bay,
Florida. Final Report, Volume 2, Chapter 4, 415 pages. Submitted
to Tampa Electric Company by Conservation Consultants, Inc.
Mahadevan, S. and J.K. Culter. 1978. A continued study of benthic infauna
at Big Bend, Tampa Bay, Florida. A report submitted by Conservation
Consultants, Inc. to Tampa Electric Company.
Mahadevan, S. and G.W. Patton. 1979. A study of seive size effects on
benthic fauna collected from Anclote Anchorage. A report submitted
by Mote Marine Lab. to U.S. Envirnomental Protection Agency. Contr.
No. 68-01-5016. 28 pages.
Mahadevan, S., J.K. Culter and R. Yarbrough. 1980. A study of thermal
effects on benthic communities at Big Bend, Tampa Bay (Florida).
A report submitted by Mote Marine Laboratory to Stone & Webster
Engineering Corporation. 154 pages.
Margalef, R. 1958. Information theory in ecology. Gen. Sys. 3:36-71.
Marum, J.P. 1975. Spatial and temporal variation of zooplankton in
relation to offshore oil drilling and estuarine faunal exchange.
246 pp. Ph.D. dissertation, Florida State University, Tallahassee,
Florida.
Mason, W.T. and P.O. Yevich. 1967. The use of phloxine B and rose
bengal stains to facilitate sorting benthic samples. Trans. Amer.
Microsc. Soc. 86:221-223.
477
-------
Mauchline, J. 1972. Assessing similarity between samples of plankton.
J.M.B.A. (India), 14:26-41.
Mayer, G.F. and V. Maynard (eds.). 1974. Anclote Environmental Project
Report 1974. A report submitted to Florida Power Corporation by
Univ. South Fla. Dept. Marine Science. 526 pages.
McKee, J.E. 1966. Parameters of marine pollution - an overall evaluation.
In: T.A. Olsen and F.J. Burgess (eds.), Pollution and Marine
Ecology, pp. 259-266. Interscience.
McNulty, J.K. 1961. Ecological effects of sewage pollution in Biscayne
Bay, Florida: Sediments and the distribution of benthic and
fouling organisms. Bull. Mar. Sci., 11(3):394-447.
McNulty, J.K., R.C. Work and H.B. Moore. 1962. Some relationships
between the infauna of the level bottom and the sediment in South
Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf Carrib., 12:322-332.
Menzies, R.J., W. Horvath and D.J. Reish. 1952. San Diego Bay water
pollution survey, 1951. Report upon the extent, effects and limi-
tations of waste disposal into San Diego Bay. Publ. St. Calif.
70-80.
Menzies, R.J. and G.T. Rowe. 1968. The LUBS, a large undisturbed bottom
sampler. Limnol. and Oceanog., 13(4):708-712.
Menzies, R.J., R.Y. George and G.T. Rowe. 1973. Abyssal Environment
and Ecology of the World Oceans. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
488 pp.
Moore, S.J. 1976- Growth of Syringodium filiforme in thermally stressed
and unstressed areas of the Anclote River estuary. Tarpon Springs,
Florida. Univ. South Fla.- M.S. Thesis.
Morisita, M. 1959. Measuring of interspecific association and similarity
between communities. Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ. Ser. E. (Biol.),
3(1):65-80.
Neithamer, R.W., T.M. Dembroski, J.C. Ferguson and A.A. Murphy. 1971.
The Sewage System of St. Petersburg, Florida, a multi-disciplinary
assessment of its status and environmental effects. Florida
Presbyterian College (Eckerd College), St. Pete. 104 pp.
-478
-------
Nichols, F.H. 1970. Benthic polychaete assemblages and their
relationship to the sediment in Port Madison, Washington. Mar.
Biol., 6(1):48-57.
Ono, Y. 1961. An ecological study of the brachyuran community on Tomoika
Bay, Amakuse, Kyusha. Recs. Oceanogr. Works in Japan. 5:199-210.
Parker, R.H. 1975. The study of benthic communities. A model and
review. Elvesier Oceanography Series, 9. Elvesier Scientific
Publishing Company. 279 pages.
Paul, A.Z. 1973. Benthic ecology of the high-artic deep-sea. Ph.D.
dissertation, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Florida.
298 pp.
Pearson, T.H. 1975. The benthic ecology of Loch Linnhe and Loch Eil,
a sea-loch system on the West Coast of Scotland. IV. Changes in
the benthic fauna attributable to organic enrichment. J. Exp.
Mar. Biol, Ecol. 20:1-41.
Peet, R.K. 1974. The measurement of species diversity. Annual Rev.
of Ecol. and Systematics. 5:285-307.
Peet, R.K. 1975. Relative diversity indices. Ecology, 56:496-498.
Perkins, T.H. and T. Savage. 1975. A bibliography and check list of
polychaetous annelids of Florida, the Gulf of Mexico and the
Caribbean region. Fla. Mar. Res. Lab. Publ., No. 14, 62 pages.
Petersen, C.G.J. 1913. Evaluation of the sea II. The animal communities
of the sea bottom and their importance for marine zoogeography.
Rep. Dan Biol. Stat., 21:110.
Petersen, C.G. 1915. On the animal communities of the sea bottom in
the Skagerrak, the Christianna Fjord and the Danish waters.
Rep. Danish Biol. Stat. 23:3-28.
Petersen, C.G. 1918. The sea bottom and its production of fish food.
A survey of the work done in connection with the valuation of the
Danish waters from 1883-1917. Rep. Danish Biol. Stat. 25: 62 pp.
Phillips, R.C. and V.G. Springer. 1960. Observations on the offshore
benthic flora in the Gulf of Mexico off Pinellas County, Florida.
Am. Midland Nat., 64(2):362-381.
479
-------
Pielou, E.G. 1966. The measurement of diversity in different types of
biological collections. J. Theor. Biol. 13:131-144.
Pielou, E.G. 1975. Ecological Diversity- Wiley Interscience. 165 pp.
Probert, P.K. 1975. The bottom fauna of China clay waste deposits in
Mevagissey Bay. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 55:19-44.
Proffitt, C.E. and J.L. Simon. 1980. Small scale disturbance and infaunal
community structure. Fla. Scientist, 43 (Suppl.): 22.
Reeves, F.S. and S. Mahadevan. 1978. A comparison of sampling efficiency
between the petite ponar grab and the diver-operated hand core in
Tampa Bay, Florida. Pap. pres. Fla. Field Biol. Second Annu.
Meet., Jan. 20-22, 1978.
Reish, D.J. 1959a. An ecological study of pollution in Los Angeles
Harbors, California. Allan Hancock Occ. Pap., 2:1-119.
Reish, D.J. 1959b. A discussion of the importance of the screen size in
washing quantitative marine bottom samples. Ecology, 40:307-309.
Reish, D.J. 1972. The use of marine invertebrates as indicators of
varying degrees of marine pollution. In; M. Ruivo (ed.), Marine
Pollution and Sea Life-Fishing News (Books) , London., pp. 203-207.
Rice, S.A. and J.L. Simon. 1980. Intraspecific variation in the pollution
indicator polychaete Polydora ligni {Spionidae). Ophelia 19(1):
79-115.
Rogers, S.W. 1972. Sediments of a seagrass bed in Anclode Anchorage,
Tarpon Springs, Florida. Univ. South Fla., M.S.. Thesis.
Rosenberg, R. 1977. Effects of dredging operations on .estuarine benthic
macrofauna. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 8:102-104.
Ross, R.W. and T.V. Mayon. 1975. Sedimentary structures and animal-
sediment relationships in Old Tampa Bay., Florida. Fla, Scientist,
38 (Suppl. 1):13.
Russell, Henry D. 1963. Notes on methods for the narcotization, killing,
fixation, and preservation of marine organisms. Marine Biological
Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass. 70 p.
480
-------
Saloman, C.H. 1974. Physical, chemical and biological characteristics
of nearshore zone of Sand Key, Florida, prior to beach restorations.
Vols. 1 and 2. NMFS, SEFC., Panama City Lab. Kept.
Saloman, C.H. 1976. The benthic fauna and sediments of the nearshore
zone off Panama City Beach, Florida. Report No. 76-10, U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers, Coastal Engineering Research Center, Fort
Belvoir, Virginia.
Sanders, H.L. 1958. Benthic studies in Buzzard's Bay. 1. Animal-
sediment relationships. Limnol. Oceanogr., 3(3):245-258.
Sanders, H.L. 1960. Benthic studies in Buzzard's Bay. 111. The structure
of the soft bottom community. Limnol. Oceanogr. 5:138-153.
Sanders, H.L. 1968. Marine benthic diversity: A comparative study. The
American Naturalist 102:243-282.
Sanders, H.L., J.F. Grassle, G.R. Hampson, L.S. Morse, S.G. Price and
C.C. Jones. 1980. Anatomy of an oil spill: Long-term effects
from the grounding of the barge Florida off West Falmouth,
Massachusetts. Journ. Mar. Res. 38(2):265-380.
Santos, S.L. 1972. Distribution and abundance of the polychaetous annelids
in Lassing Park, St. Petersburg, Florida. Univ. South Fla., M.S.
Thesis.
Santos, S.L. 1979. Cyclic disturbance, recolonization and stability in
an estuarine soft-bottom infaunal macrobenthic community. Univ.
South Fla., Ph.D. Dissertation.
Santos, S.L. and J.L. Simon. 1974. Distribtuion and abundance of the
polychaetous annelids in a south Florida estuary. Bull. Mar. Sci.,
24(3):669-689.
Santos, S.L. and J.L. Simon. 1980. Marine soft-bottom community
establishment following annual defaunation: Larval or adult
recruitment? Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 2:235-241.
Serafy, O.K. 1979. Echinoids (Echinodermata: Echinoidea). Mem. Hourglass
Cruises. V (III): 1-120. Fla. DNR Mar. Res. Lab., St. Petersburg,
Fla.
Shannon, C.E. and W. Weaver. 1963. The mathematical theory of communica-
tion. Univ. Illinois Press, Urbana. 117 pp.
Simon, J.L. 1974. Tampa Bay estuarine system - a synopsis. Fla. Scientist,
37(4):217-244.
481
-------
Simon, J.L. 1977. Annual variation in benthic invertebrate populations
in stressed and unstressed habitats in Hillsborough Bay, Florida.
Fla. Scientist (Suppl. 1):16.
Simon, J.L. 1978. Summary: Effects of sewage pollution abatement on
environmental quality in Hillsborough Bay, Florida. Sea Grant
Rep. R/EM-7.
Simon, J.L. and D.M. Dauer. 1972. A quantitative evaluation of red tide
induced mass mortalities of benthic invertebrates in Tampa Bay, Fl.
Environ. Lett., 3(4):229-234.
Simon, J.L. and J.P- Dyer III. 1972. An evaluation of siltation created
by Bay Dredging and Construction Company during oyster shell
dredging operations in Tampa Bay, Florida. Final Research Report,
Univ. South Fla., Dept. Biology. 60 pages.
Simon, J.L. and L.J. Doyle. 1974. Advanced inspection of proposed shell
dredging in Site 5, Tampa Bay, Florida. Report Number 2. St.
Fla. Trustees Internal Improv- Trust Fund.
Simon, J.L., L.N. Doyle and W.G. Conner. 1976. Environmental impact of
oyster shell dredging in Tampa Bay, Fla. Rep. No. 4. Fla. St.
D.E.R.
Simon, J.L. and W.H. Huang. 1975. Effects of sewage pollution abatement
on environmental quality in Hillsborough Bay, Florida. Florida Sea
Grant Interim Report.
Simon, J.L. and D.M. Dauer. 1977. Re-establishment of a benthic
community following natural defaunation. Belle W. Baruch Symp.
Mar. Sci., Univ. S. Carolina, 1977. Ecology of Marine Benthos.
pp. 139-154.
Simpson, E.H. 1949. Measurement of diversity. Nature 163:688.
Smith, W., J.F. Grassle and D. Kravitz. 1979. Measures of diversity with
unbiased estimates. Ecological Diversity in Theory and Practice,
6:177-191.
Stancyk, S.E., F.J.S. Mature, Jr., and R.W. Heard, Jr. 1976. Phoronids
from the east coast of the United States. Bull. Mar. Sci. 26(4):
576-584.
Studt, J.F. 1976. Chronic in situ exposure of the bay scallop to a
thermal effluent in a Florida Gulf estuary. Univ. South Fla.,
M.S. Thesis.
482
-------
Sykes, J.E. 1966a. Estuarine research program, Benthic Project In:
Rep. Bur. Commer. Fish. Biol. Sta., St. Petersburg Beach, PL.
Fisc. hr. 1962-1964. U.S. Dept. Inter., Fish and Wildl. Serv.,
Bur. Commer. Fish. Contrib. No. 23, Circ. 239, 26 pages.
Swartz, R.C. 1972. Biological criteria of environmental change in
Chesapeake Bay. Chesapeake Sci. 13(S):17-41.
Swartz, R.C. 1978. Techniques for sampling and analyzing the marine
macrobenthos. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis
Environmetnal Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon. EPA-
600/3-78-030. 26 pages.
Sykes, J.E. 1966b. Benthic Project. Report of the Bur. Commer. Fish.
Biol. Sta., St. Petersburg Beach, Fla., Fiscal year 1965. U.S.
Dept. Interior, Fish Wildl. Ser., Contrib. No. 25, Cir. 242,
30 pages.
Sykes, J.E. 1971. Implications of dredging and filling in Boca Ciega
Bay, Florida. Environ. Lett., 1(2):151-156.
Sykes, J.E. and J.R. Hall. 1970. Comparative distribution of mollusks
in dredged and undredged portions of an estuary, with a systematic
list of species. Fish. Bull., 68(2):299-306.
Taylor, J.L. 1964. Benthic Project, p. 5-8. In; Rep. Bur. Commer.
Fish. Biol. Sta., U.S.D.I., FWS., Cir. 239.
Taylor, J.L. 1970. Coastal development in Tampa Bay, Florida. Marine
Pollution Bulletin, 1(10):153-156.
Taylor, J.L. 1971. Polychaetous annelids and benthic environments in
Tampa Bay, Florida. Univ. Fla., Ph.D. Dissertation.
Taylor, J.L. 1972. Some effects of oyster shell dredging on benthic
invertebrates in Tampa Bay, Florida. Taylor Biological Company.
16 pages.
Taylor, J.L. 1973a. Studies of the effects of oyster shell dredging in
Tampa Bay, Florida. Taylor Biological Company. 7 pages.
Taylor, J.L. 1973b. Biological studies and inventory. Tampa Harbor
Project. Report prepared by Taylor Biological Company for the U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers. 84 pages.
483
-------
Taylor, J.L. 1975. A biological evaluation of five proposed open
water disposal areas, Tampa Harbor Project. Report prepared by
Taylor Biological Company for the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
Taylor, J.L. 1979. Benthic data from Tampa Harbor Project. Unpublished
report.
Taylor, J.L. and C.H. Saloman. 1966. Benthic Project, p. 4-13. In;
Rep. Bur. Commer. Fish. Biol. Sta., St. Pet. Beach, Fla., U.S.D.I.,
F.W.S., Cir. 242.
Taylor, J.L. and C.H. Saloman. 1968. Some effects of hydraulic dredging
and coastal development in Boca Ciega Bay, Florida. Fish. Bull.,
67(2):213-241.
Taylor, J.L., J.R. Hall and C.H. Saloman. 1970. Mollusks and benthic
environments in Hillsborough Bay, Florida. Fish. Bull. 68(2):
191-202.
Thoemke, K.W, 1977. Amphipod life cycles in a west Florida estuary.
American Zoologist, 17(4):967.
Thoemke, K.W. 1979. The life histories and population dynamics of four
subtidal amphipods from Tampa Bay, Florida. Univ. South Fla.,
Ph.D. Dissertation.
Thomas, L. 1962. The shallow water amphiurid brittle stars of Florida.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 12(4):623-694.
Topp, R.W. and F.H. Hoff, Jr. 1972. Flatfishes. Mem. Hourglass Cruises.
IV (II): 135.
Thorhaug, A., M.A. Roessler and P.A. McLaughlin. 1978. Benthic Biology
of Anclote Anchorage. 625 pages. In; Florida Power Corporation
Post-Operational Ecological Monitoring Program 1976, Final Report,
Anclote Unit No. 1.
Thorson, G. 1957. Bottom communities. Chapter 17. In: Treatise on
Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. J.W. Hedgepeth~(ed.). Vol. 1,
pp. 461-534.
Upchurch, S.B., E.D. Estevez and R.A. Rea. 1976. The distribution and
possible effects of removal of sedimentary contaminants offshore
of Gardinier, Inc. in Tampa Bay, Florida. Rept. submitted to Fla.
D.E.R. 94 pages.
484
-------
Virnstein, R.W. 1972. Effects of heated effluent on density and
diversity of benthic infauna at Big Bend, Tampa Bay, Florida.
Univ. South Fla., M.S. Thesis.
Waste Water Engineers. 1979. Report of dredge and disposal area water
quality monitoring - Tampa Harbor Deepening Project. U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers. DACW17-77-C-0059.
Watling, L. and D. Maurer (eds.). 1976. Ecological studies on benthic
and planktonic assemblages in Lower Delaware Bay. CMS-RANN-3-76.
College of Marine Studies, Univ. Delaware. 634 pages.
Whittaker, R.H. 1967. Gradient analysis of vegetation. Biol. Rev. 49:
207-274.
Whittaker, R.H. 1972. Evolution and measurement of species diversity.
Taxon 21:213-251.
Williams, D.D. and N.E. Williams. 1974. A counterstaining technique for
use in sorting benthic samples. Limnology and Oceanography 19(1):
154-156.
Word, J.Q., T.J. Kauwling and A.J. Mearns. 1976. A comparative field
study of benthic sampling devices used in southern California
benthic surveys. Report to the Environmental Protection Agency -
79 pp.
Yokel, B.J. 1979. Biology. In; The Naples Bay Study. The Collier
County Conservancy, Naples, Fla.
Zimmerman, R., J. Feigl, D. Ballantine and R. Baird. 1971. The benthic
community along the proposed discharge canal for the Anclote River
power plant. Tech. Rept. 6., Environmental Status Report to Florida
Power Corporation.
485
-------
Appendix Table 10.1.
List of taxa collected during the May and October
Samplings of the Gulf of Mexico off Pinellas County.
PORIFERA
2 Porifera SP
CNIDftRIA
HYDRDZDA
5 VaOeoit SP
ANWOZOA
7 Anemic SP A
8 Anetone & B
9 Anetone SP C
10 Aneaooe SP 0
11 Aaetoae 5? J
12 Anettni » N
13 AlhenarisspA
14 Athenaria SP B
15 Athenaria SP C
16 Athenatia a D
17 Athenaria s?E
18 Athenaria SP F
19 Alhenaris SP 6
20 Athenaria 9 H
21 Athenaria spK
22 Athenaria SP L
23 AlheoariaspH
PLATYHEUHNTHES
25 EuPlsua s-scilis
26 Euplana SP
27 Stslochus SP
28 Twbellaria sf A
29 Turbellarian SP I)
30 Turbellarist s? E.
32 Hetertines
HEHATODA
34
PRIftPllIBA
3i Priapttlida SP
CUAETOCNATHA
33 Cbaelofialha SP
BRVZfld
40 Brszna SP
41 Seleoaria SP
PHORONIDA
43 Phoroais arcbilecta
3RACHIOPDDA
45 GlolUdis
SIPUNCULA
49 Asfidisifhoa SP
50 Gulfiaiiidae »
51 ParasridosiPhon SP
52 Ptascoloin SP
53 Sipuaculis SP
54 Sipunculife «> (Juv)
IHUUSC&
POLYPUCQPHDRA
57 ChaetoPleura mculsU
GASTROPODA
5? Acieacioa canaliculaU
40 Acleoeina SP
61 Anscbis otess
42 Anacbis wlchella
43 Arene IricsrinaU
44 Ate caribaes
45 Caecu* csroUniBDUi
44 Caecui cooperi
£f Casern Jotmsoni
68 Caecui pukbelki
69 Caeeui SP
70 Crepidula fornicaU
71 Crepiduia Plata
72 Crepidula SP
73 Cscloslrewscus SP
74 CslichneUa bidenlsU
75 EpUoniiw
76 Efilaiiia SP
77 Gastropods sp
78 H»inoe3
79 Haiiaoea succines
80 Nitrella luoata
81 Xitrella SP (Juv)
82 Hannodieila oxia
83 Hatics Pttsilla
84 Haticidae SP (Juv)
85 Nudibraach SP (Juv)
86 Mostotis SP (Juv)
87 Ddostotiiaae SP (Juv)
88 Dlivella dealbata
39 01iveils SP
90 Pvandellidae SP
91 Scaphella Jimonia
92 TeinosioH SP (Juv)
93 TeinosloM iMasiMS
94 Turbonilla conradi
95 TurbooUla iatecrupU
96 Turbooiila SP
97 TurtaoiUiaae SP (Juv)
98 Twridaesp
99 UrosalPittx SP
100 Viirioella SP
101 Gastropoda SP
102 Caecui iibricaltm
103 Epilooiu* novanalise
SCAPHQPOM
105 Dntslim SP A
106 KenUliui SP B
107 DenUliui SP C
108 DetUlin SP I
109 ScaphoPodB SP
POECYPODA
111 Abra aeaualis
112 Abra SP (Juv)
113 Anadara iransversa
114 Anodmtia alba
115 Analina aaatiia
116 Anoria siwlex
117 ffWPKiea SP
118 Cardiidae SP
119 Cardiidae SP (Juv)
120 Cbione caocellaU
121 Chione iDlapurpurea
122 Cbime laUUraU
123 Corbula coatracta
124 Corbula suittisna
125 Crassioella lunuiaU
126 Crassinella SP
127 Crassoslrea viMuica
128 BiplodotU wnciaU
129 Donax texasiaws
130DOB8XSP
131 Sosinia discus
132 Geutensu SP
133 Gwildis cerita
134 Laevicardiui SP (Juv)
135 Uosa atiaaUs
136 bicina wltiliDeaia
137 Kacrocallisia Hotlats
138 Hamxaiiisia nitbosa
139 HacroeallisU SP (Juv)
140 Naciridae SP (Juv)
141 Kodiolus swricanus
142 Kulinea IsUraiis
143 Nttsculus Islerslis
144 Nusculus SP (Juv)
145 Ntsella planulsU
146 Ibsella 9
147 felilidae SP (Juv)
148 Nuculaaa coaceairica
149 Par-aMia subovaU
150 Ptoladidae SP
ECHIURIDA
47 Ecbiurida SP
486
-------
Appendix Table 10.1. Continued. List of taxa collected during the May and
October Samplings of the Gulf of Mexico off Pinellas County.
151 PiUr
152
IB Pteroteris
154 RaeU plicatella
ISSSetele SP
156 Solera velai
157 Soleiw occideaialis
158 Soleo viridis
IS? Srisula solidissiia sitilis
160 Tellidnra crislaU
161 Tellioa rrobias
162 Tellina lenella
163 Tellini versicolor
164 Tellitt SP
165 Tellioa s» (Juv)
146 Thracia SP
167 TractHcardiw wticalui
168 Tracbscardiini SP
16? Varicorbula opercuiala
178 Veneridae » (Juv)
171 Bivalvia ft ft
172 Bivalvia SP B
173Bivalvia SP (Juv)
OLIEDCHftETA
176 OlisoebaeU SFP
PJUCHAETA
178 Aslaoptews verrilli
177 Avftaretidae SP < Jw>
189 AtPhareUdae SP A
181 Avharetidae SP G
182 taphiaoiulae 9
183 Ancislrossllis. harUaaae
184 Aftcislfossllis Jantsi
185 Aonides 9
136 A>o?piaiospiD PUSHES
137 Arabella iricolor
138 frciiiamielida -#
13? fe'icidea wrrutii
1?0 Arkidea faiveli
171 Aricidea fra&lis
1?2 Aricidea »
173 Aricidea uassi
1?4 Artaadia 32ilis
ITS fraaDdii aaculsU
l?i Asachis caroUnse
197 Asschis »
1?8 AdolhelU wcosa
1?? Asiothslla a-
200 frandrioaaichis awricaoa
201 Braais clavaU
202 Braais s?
203 gratia wilt leeleasis
204 CspiUlia cariUU
205 Caiilerieila alsls
206 Caulleriella SP
207 Cerstocerhale SP
208 Cerslooereis tirabilis
20? diaelopUrus varioradatus
210 Chaetozooe satiheadii
211 CJrasorelslu* SP
ZliCbooe SP
213 Cirrslulidae SP (Juv)
214 Cirralulus SP
215 Cirriforiia gp
216 Cirrophorus branchialus
217 Clneoella calida torouata
218 CtaodrUns SP
21? BassbraDcJws liuulatus
229 Biapalra cuprea
221 lispio uncini
222 Eleooe heicropoda
223 Clone laclea
224 Euclaeoe SP
225 Eulalis saaaiinea
226 Eunice vUUU
227 Eunice SP A
228 Eunice SP B
22? Eunicidae SP
230 ExoSone dispar
231 Extaooe SP
232, Fabricia SP
233 FlabelUaeri&e SP
234 Clscera atericaaa
235 Qlacera owcwhala
236 Glscinde solilaru
237 Sooiada laculata
238 Gotiadides carolinae
23? Gooiadidae SP
240 GsPtis brevifilPB
241 C»tis vitUU
242 Haploscoloplos foUosus
243 Hvloscoloplos rotostns
244 Hartoihoe SP
245 Ifedroides SP
246 Isolds pulctella
247 laincapilella alabrs
248 Leanira SP
24? Upidonotus SP
250 Loitia teduss
251 Louis viridis
252 Lutbrioereis brevirei
253 Luibriflereis crassid»lala
254 Uubrinems cf crazensis
255 Luttrinereis iicsliess
256 Uttrinereis lalreilli
257 Utbrinereis SP
258Lssidice SP
25? Hweiona pacifies
260 Hsseinoa peilibweae
261 Haftlana rioJa
262 Haftkoa SP A
263 teselona w B
264 feselona SP C
265 Haldaidae SP
266 Kalifrenia SP
267 tarphssa SP
268 Hedinastus califomiasis
26? HeialoMa bioodaiw
270 feliaiia laculaia
271 tetieulecis wberi
272 Miottspio cirriferi
273 Nviocteie SP
274 fariotwua SP
275 (Mil-s picU
276 XephlHS SP
277 Nereis vetacodaBU
278 Nereis swdiea
27? Nereis SP
280 Nerinides SP
281NoUriasp
282 Nototasltts aiericants
283 NoUessiits hetiwdss
284 Noiatashis ialericew
285 OdmlosaUis faiaems
286 Onwhis emila ooiaU
287 Owphis nebulnw
288 Onuchis pallidula
28? toufhis SP
270 Ophelia dnticuUU
291 Ophelia SP
2?2 Optaelina SP
273 Oueaia fasiforus
294 Oneniidae SP
275 Paradmeis lars
294 Paranailis palaioides
277 Paramtis fiilsen*
298 Pacapiaoossllu
2?? ParaprioROSpie
300 Prclinaria awldii
487
-------
Appendix Table 10.1.
Continued. List of taxa collected during the May and
October Samplings of the Gulf of Mexico off Pinellas County.
301 Pherusa SP
302 Phsllodoce areaae
303 rtodladocidae SP (Juv)
304 PiMossllis SP
305 Pisioae reioU
304Pislasp
307 Podarte obscara
308 PwcilochaetBS Jotasooi
307 Polscirrus carolinensis
310 Polscirrus SP
3U Polsdora lisa.
312 Polsdcra social!*
313 Pohriora si>
3U Polsdora yebstsri
315 Polsnoidea SP B
316 Polawidea SP C
317 Polsnoidea a> B
313 Prioaospio crisUU
31? PMonnspia SP A
320 Prionospio SP B
321 Protodorvillea Kefersteiai
322 ProUriorvillea SP A
323 Protodamllea SP B
324 PseudMurvt&oe aab&ia
325 Pseudarolsdors SP
324 Ssbellaridae SP
327 Sabeilidae SP A
323 Sabellidae SP B
32? Schistoieriitsfcs languorous
330 SchisioKriaAis peclinaU
331 Scoleiepis SP
332 3coUle?is smiawla
333 Kolwtos rtibra
33+ Seoloplos y IJaul
335 Serpula veriicular 3fanaloaa
336 Serpulidae SP A
337 Ssrpulidse SP B
333 Si&lion SP A
33? Si&Uut SP B
340 Sisaiimidas SP
3il 3i25Bb,-3 bsssi
342 Sifeabrs 5p
~43 Si&ebra IsiUcuiaU
3ti Sphsersssllis SP
34-5 3fio Fetliiwoeae
3'-.5 S.°ioduet.QpUrus costaru» oculata
3i7 S?ionidae SP (larvae)
343 Sfiophsnes taatetx
3W Sleniwaereis SP
350 SLhsneisis bos
351 Sthenelais SP
352 Slf eptossliis ar enae
353 SaUitfae SP H
35+ Saiiiiiae SP 1
355 Salliiiaesp J
354 Saliidae SP K
357 Sallidae SP L
358 Ssllidae SP H
35? Ssllis slUnuti
340 Ssllis armtU
jilSallis aracillis
342 Ssdlis swnsicola
344 Saneiiiis albini
3&5Thar>K aanulosus
344 ThsriK SP
347 Theiepus seiosits
348 TrsvUia hobsonae
34? Travisia cf parva
370 Travisia SP
371 Trichobraichus alacialis
372 ISoideotiriHi SP A
373 UnideaUf led SP 0
ARTHRQPOJA
PYCHKffiflBA
374
SP
(XPtttLOCARIDA
378 Liahlieila
OSTRACOIW
330 HaolflcaUwrida selimcUU
381 Paraslerwe pollBi
382 Sarsiella zostericnia
384 Uaid. 9 A
385 IMd. 9 B
munid. SPC
387 Unid. & B
338 IMd. » E
38? Unid. SP F
390 Unid. SP G
371 Unid. SP H
392 tmidi SP I
373 Unid. SP J
374 IMd. SP K
COPEPQDA
374 IMd. SP A
377 IMd. SP B
378 IMd. SP C
37? IMd, SP B
400 IMd. SP E
401 IMd. SP F
402 IMd. SP C
CURIPEDtt
404 Balms SP
405 Trsretesidae SP
HALAC05IRACA
CUIACEA
408 Csclaspis
407
410 Csclaspis SP A
411 leucoa atericatms
412Leaconsp
413
414 OxsurosUUs SP
415 IMd. SP £
414 IMd. SP F
TWAIDACEA
418 twtachelU SP
41? IMd. SP B
420 Unid. SP C
421 IMd. SP D
ISOTODA
423 Ae&tboe occttlai
424 AnUuridae SP
425 Apanthura
424 Apanthura SP ( Juvl
427 Edolea Motosa
428EdoleasP
42? Idolheidae SP
430 Kunna SP
431 Seroiis tarasi
432 SphaeroH wadridnialw
433 SUnelriu*
AHPHIPODA
435 Acsnlhobauslarius SP
434 Arolisca c.f. abdila
437 Avelisca verrilli
438 Avelisca vsdora*
43? Paracaprella SP
440 Cerapus SP
441 Corophiia c.f. lubercuiatia
442 Corophimi SP (Juvl
443 Cofortiiui SP
444 Dexanne SP
445 Podocerus SP
444 Ericbihonius SP
447 Haosloridae SP
448 Letbos cf wbsleri
44?LabQ5.sp
450 Leucothoe SP
488
-------
Appendix Table 10.1.
Continued. List of taxa collected during the May and
October Samplings of the Gulf of Mexico off Pinallas County.
451 Uslrifiils cf bararfc
452 Lssiaaflpsis c.f . alba
453 taoadodes nf . laterlaris
448 Ihid. SP G
449 Ihid. SP H
470 (toil!. » I
471 Uaid. SP J
472 Ibid. SP K
473 Ibid, »H
474 UBid. 9 H
insmm
474 Boaanieiia fxloricensis
477 SoMaiuell» SP
478 feUwsi&Psis suifU
47? haudofsis bi&loui
480 IhsidDPSis fares
481 feudopsis SP
482 Ibid, SP ( Juv)
483
484
DECtfOM
IMTAKTU
488 filfheid SP (larvae)
490 Carides SP
491 HifPolsU S
492 Lalreuies
493 Lwlochels serrsUrbiU
494 Tradnpenaeus SP
495HatanUa SP (Juv)
494 OSarifes liiicols
497 Palanooidae SP tJuv)
498 Paoseus SP
499 PericliKDse ioa^icsudalas
509 frocesss beriudensis
501 Process
502Processa SP
543 Procsssidee SP !JBV)
504 Sicmtig SP
SOS Trachapsnaeus coailficlus
msm
507 CaUlaoassa cf laUspina
508 Callianassa SP
AHQHURft
510 Dioseainse SP
511 Eiieersius M-seloaais
512 Paaurns » (Juv)
513 PsftrisUs twui
514 Pasurus bonairensis
515 PaSurus bullisi
514 PaSirus loniLcarwis
BRAE8YIKA
518 Bcschaira SP (Jwl
519 Disso&cluhs lelliUe
520 Eurwanopeiis tfepressus
521 Eura>lax allida
522£rapsldae SP(JJV)
523 Ha>3lu5 SP
524HelerocrapU graiuiUU
525 ParUwnopidw SP
524 Pinnixa chacei
527 Pioaixa chssloplersna
528 Piimixj if. 5P «
529 Pimiixa relii«ns
530 Pinnixa pearsei
531 Pinituta H. SP
532Pinnate-lire SP (Juv)
533 PotosDt aibbesi
534 Porlunus c.f. Sibbesii
535 PorUnns Sibbssii
ECHWOKiHIATA
HXOTHUfiOUEA
538 Bendrochirolida s?
53? LePlceaipaU SP
540 Hololliiiroidsa SP A
541 Hololharoidea SP S
ECHIHOUEA
543 EchiDOMTdia* f lavescaas
544 Encupe aich8ii.fi
545 ttellita wiBoaiesperfsrst
546 HslliU w iJav)
547 Echinoidsa SP
548 Echiaoiie? SP wjv)
ftSTEROIKA
550 Astropectifi SP
SSI Slelleroidea SP
553 te>hlura smioie
554 HariiphoUs elafeU
555 KicrophDlis aira
554 HicrophaUs arscilliw
557 Kicropholis januarii
553 Hicrap'nalis MU3»aU
55? tticroptnlis SP ( Juv)
540 Qphiaphraaus f iloaranets
541 QphiopivaMKis fulchsr
543 Qptaoptvasiui
544 OPhioplraAus s?
545 fUpltiurid SP
544 Aiphiuridae SP iJav)
547 Dphiuroidea SP iJuv)
548 Qphiuroiiea SP
570 Haichordala SP
CEPHftUKHQEIiAIfl
572 Branctuostwa caribaeua
574 HoliulicUe SP
575 Ascidiacea SP 3
574 Ascidiacea SP 3
577 Aihenaria SP I
578 Turbellaria SP B
57? Turbellaria SP C
489
-------
Appendix Table 10.2. Composite Species List by Station for the May, 1980 Benthic Sampling.
Taxa
Stations
1A IB
1C ID IE 1G II
3C 3»
3C 31
5C 51
Total
2 Porifws sr
13 Alhenaria SP A
14 Altaians SP B
13 AUiaisria sp C
16 Athena-13 SP C
17 AUiaiaria SP E
18 Alhenaria SP F
19 Atearia SP G
7 Annone SP A
8 Anetone & B
9 Aneione SP C
577 Altaians sp I
20 Athena-is SP H
25 Euplana smilis
24 Euplana SP
27 Stslochussp
28 Tnrbellsf ian SP A
578 Turtwllaria SP B
579 Tiirbellaria SP C
32 Newtiiua SP
34 NwrtodasP
176 Olisoctata SPP
178 telaophaus vwrilli
292 Ophelina SP
179 Aipharelidae SP (juv)
184 Ancistrossllis Jonesi
186 AFOPrionospio ryjtaea
187 Arabella tricolor
173 Aricidea iiassi
195 Arundia laculaU
198 Axioliwlla nicosa
202 Bfsnia SP
204 Oilella »PilaU
204 Caulleriella SP
207 Ceralocephale sp
209 Chaelopleru* variondalus
210 Chaetozone gasheadii
211 Chrssoprtalm sp
212 Bme SP
218 Clenodrilus SP
220 Diopalra cuprea
221 Dispio uncini
222 Elaine heleroroda
223 EUone laclea
225 EuUlia sanjuinea
227 Eunice SP A
231 ExoSone SP
232 Patricia SP
234 Glwera aericana
238 Goniadides carolinae
236 Glwinde solitaria
231 Goniadidae SP
240 Gwtis brevipalpa
242 Haploscoloplos foliosus
244 Harulhae SP
245 Hwt-utfK SP
247 Lepidonotas SP
555 LiMbrinereU ii
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
A
V
0
0
1
0
0
0
t
T
0
0
19 1
24 1
6
0
0
0
13
12 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
C
0 «
2 t
0 C
0 I
0 <
3 «
0 0
5 S
0 0
2 3
0 1
1 1
10 20
0 1
0 t
0 (
0 (
0 0
4 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
A i
V 1
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
i 9
T L
0 0
0 0
4 42
B 31
2
0
0
1
2
1
0
3
0
0
0
1
6
0
0
1
0
2
1
0
1
1
0
0
2
0
1
0
0
3
1
0
I 0
) 4
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
Oft
V
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
3-1
l)
0 1
0 0
56 83
44 288
17 36
0 3
1
0
2
27
0
0
0 i
0 2
0 6
0 0
6 3
0 0
0 0
0 1
1 0
1 5
0 0
0 0
0 12
0 0
4 10
0 0
1 9
0 0
0 1
0 4
5 0
19 9
5 1
0 0
0 0
0 32
7 0
0 0
2 0
0 0
0 0
t 0
0 0
0 0
«\
\
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 4
0 0
0 2
17 71
174 925
3 144
1 0
0 0
0 29
1 21
3 0
0 0
1 1
4 78
0 12
0 7
0 0
0 1
0 10
o o
0 0
0 3
1 3
0 0
0 0
0 3
0 0
3 7
0 29
2 29
0 97
0 1
2 0
0 2
0 0
0 1
0 2
2 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
J4
1
»A
V
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
2 1
14 3
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
21 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
0
0
0 25
0
0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1A
V
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
0
3
0
3
0
0
3
1 0
0 0
» a
0 0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
6 2
1
0
0
0
2
0
0
21 2
1 1
4
0
2
0
1
5 1
1
0
0
0
0
0
3 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
1
9
1
0
0
4
0 0
0 0
7 0
0 0
0 0
0
1
0
0
0
0
4 3
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
4 34
9 28
7 5
0 0
1 1
0 0
3 0
9 31
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
9 5
1) 0
I 0
9 t
»A
V
» 0
9 0
II 0
F v
D 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
D
0
000
000
0 0 0
0 0 0
3 0 0
0 1 0
000
0 0 0
000
000
000
000
1 3 0
1 0 1
000
0 0 0
14 11 14
50 310 51
550
1 1
0 1
0 0
0 0
3 2
2 0
0 0
3 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 2 0
000
000
000
200
000
8 2 1
0 0
5 3
1 0
2 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
000
i 9 a
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
3 4
19 31
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 2
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
5 3
0 0
0 0
5 0
0 3
2 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
2 0
0 0
0 0
3 0
0 0
0 0
3 2
2 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2 29
11 14
0 10
0 1
0 i
0 0
0 0
3 15
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 3
0 4
0 0
0 2
0 0
0 0
5 0
2 12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
k
V
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17
235
li
0
0
p
0
0
3
0
0
o
0
4
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
5
0
1
3
0
0
0
3
0 7
3 7
0 10
0 2
0 3
0 1
0 1
1 2
Oin
48
Ot
0
0 1
0 1
0 1
0 8
0 5
1 JO
Oil
16
0 1
0 2
37 515
66 2356
1 265
2 11
0 12
0 31
0 71
0 143
0 5
0 9
0 96
0 14
0 13
0 27
0 34
0 10
0 1
0 11
01
4
B 30
0 1
0 2
0 5
0 10
0 13
0 3
0 16
1 34
0 29
3 77
0 97
0 35
1 14
0 13
1 95
0 13
0 2
1 14
0 68
-------
0
Appendix Table 1O.2. Continued.
Taxa
256 Lrabrinems latreilli
258 Lssidice sr
242 Natelna SP A
243 Hafelima SP I
244 Hafelona a- C
248 Medinastus caUforniensis
249 Hefelnn biwulatut
272 HimisPio cirrifwi
275 NerhUs picta
274 NephUs SP
277 Nereis arBiocodnita
278 Nereis aiccinea
283 Notmaslus hetiKxtos
284 Notnaslus laUriceus
286 Oouphis ereiita oculata
291 Ophelia SP
192 Aricidea SP
293 Ouenia fusifortis
294 Dueniidae SP
295 Paradoneis Isra
297 Paraonis fulsens
299 Paraprionospio pinnata
300 PecUitaria Souldii
302 PteUodoce arenae
303PhsUodocidaespIJw)
373 Eolychaeta sp.
304 Pista SP
311 Polsdors lisni
312 Poladora socialis
313 PohHtara SP
314 Poiwkra aebsUri
340 Sittliwidae SP
315 Pohaioidea SP B
314 Polsnoidea SP C
318 Pricnospio crislala
322 Prolodorvillea SP A
324 Pseudoeur-iUioe aibisue
324 Sabellaridae SP
327 Satellites SP A
328 Sabellidae SP B
329 Schistuerinsos lonsicornus
330 StinstOMTinaos pectinaU
331 ScoleleFis if
243 Haploscoloplos robustos
333 Scoloplos rubra
334 Scoloplos SP (Juvl
334 Semlidae SP A
337 Serpulidae SP I
338 Siaaiion SP A
342 SiSaibra SP
343 Sisstbra tenUculala
345 Spio pelUboneae
357 fellidae SP I
344 SpiochwtoPlerus coslarui oculaU
347 Spionidw SP (larvae)
185 Amides SP
348 Spiophanes boitaK
350 Slhenelais boa
298 ParapioirasslUs lonsicirrala
344 Sphaerossllis SP
Composite Species List by Station for the May, 1980 Benthic Sampling.
Stations
1A Ib
0 0
0 0
0 5
OA
V
8 A
V
2 I
«A
0
3 3
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 1
0 3
0 0
14 11
0 0
0 0
0 4
0 0
0 0
0 0
2 0
0 1
4 4
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
13 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 13
0 0
0 0
t 0 0
0 0
0 0
4 11
17 15
0 0
0 0
1C ID
0 28
1 0
0 0
2 9
««
2
4 15
0 1
0 0
0 0
1 7
1 10
0 1
13 8
0 0
22 10
2 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 2
0 0
2 12
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 4
28 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
0
0
0
4
3
D
0
2
ft v
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
12 17
2 5
0 0
0 1
IE
0
0
0
9
29
1
0
0
13
4
0
14
1
0
0
0
21
0
0
4
9
2
1
0
1
0
0
4
0
0
0
49
0
4
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
2
0
1
1
0
108
3
8
4
1C 11
0 10
0 1
2 2
1 4
01
i
0 12
1 3
0 41
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 15
0 0
0 0
2 24
0 2
0 11
0 0
0 15
0 0
0 8
0 0
0 0
0 2
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 15
0 1
0 4
12 131
57
0 2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1 0
0 4
ft 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
11 7
3 1
1 1
0 1
3A
1
0
0
0
4
0
0
5
0
44
4
0
0
1
0
0
0
14
2
2
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
11
0
0
3B 3C 3!)
0 5 25
000
003
»A 0
v V
0 2 t
OA A
V V
0 13 0
000
0 1 21
0 7 15
0 4 3
11 30
1
0
1
0
0
0 0
10 0 0
0 0 1
0 3 2
000
000
000
0 0
0 1
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 2
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 3
0 2
0 0
5 0 0
000
0 0 0
0 4 B
3 2 4
0 1 4
000
3E 30
10 0
0 0
1 4
OA
V
01
J
5 0
1 1
0 1
0 0
0 1
8 1
0 0
20 1
0 0
0 0
0
0
1
0
1
1
3
1
0
0
0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 3
0 0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
3 3
0 3
D 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
14 2
3 5
0 1
0 0
31 5A
0
0
4
0
0
0 0
0 0
1 14
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
2 2
0 2
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
5 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 2
8 41
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
2 0
0 0
SB 5C
1 0
0 0
0 0
»ft
V
On
v
i i
0 0
1 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
3 13
0 0
0 1
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 D
0 0
0 3
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 3
14 54
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
11 10
0 0
0 0
0 0
5D 5E
0 0
1 0
0 3
A A
V V
On
V
4 4
OA
V
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
2 5
0 0
1 8
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 3
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 3
5 3
0 1
0 2
0 0
0 0
12 7
2 10
0 9
0 0
5G 51
0 0
0 0
2 9
A 7
V £
0 0
v v
0 3
A ft
v v
0 0
0 0
0 0
g o
0 0
0 3
0 2
4 1
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
7 4
9 0
4 11
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
4 3
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
4 0
i 0
2 1
0 0
0 0
0 C
0 0
5 4
2 0
4 1
0 0
Total
80
3
35
i
T
1
t
50
e
J
87
9
41
1
51
93
74
158
3
32
39
3
44
2
41
11
48
5
1
2
5
29
13
4
15
1
4
212
57
33
4
1
5
8
20
2
5
1
2
1
1
1
17
48
164
1
13
1
1
250
88
75
4
-------
Appendix Table 10.2. Continued. Composite Species List by Station for the May, 1980 Benthic Sampling.
Stations
343 Ssllis SP
353 Ssllidae sf H
354 Ssllidae y I
355 SHllidae SP J
354 Ssllidae SP K
340 Ssllis cornula
341 Ssllis sracillis
342 Skills spongicola
347 Thelepgs selosus
309 Polscirrus carolinensis
250 Louis wdusa
344 Tharw sf
348 Travisia hobsonae
370 Travisia SP
371 Trichobranchus Slacialis
580 Polscimis exUinus
215 Cirriforiia SP
344 Ssiellis albioi
274 (bnoweiua SP
319 PrionDSPio SP A
320 Prionospio SP B
228 Eunice SP B
112 Abra SP (Juv)
113 Ansdara Irsnsversa
114 taodonlia slba
118 Card)idse SP
57 PiaetoplRira apiculaU
120 Chione cancellala
121 Chione ifltapurpurea
124 Corbula snifliana
125 Crassinella lumilala
128 Diplodmla punctata
130 Donax SP
132 Geukensia SP
133 bwldia cerina
134 Laevicardiim SP (juv)
135 LinSa aiiantus
134 Lucius wltilineaU
137 HscrocallisU SP (Juv)
142 Hulinea laUralis
143 Jtosciilus laleralis
145 Hssella planuUU
144 fosella SP
147 fell Udae sf( Juv)
148 Nuculana concenlrica
153 Pteroieris perplana
154 Raela plicalella
157 Solera occideiiUlis
158 Solen viridis
144 Tellina SP
142 Tellina tenella
143 Tellina versicolor
147 Trachscardiui wricsllii
148 TraclRicardiui SP
14? Varicorbula oterculaU
170 Vener idae H> (Juv)
171 Bivalvia w A
172 Bivalvia SP 8
122 Chione laLUirata
164 TVacia SP
1A
0
0
4
4
0
0
4
4
4
0
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
3
7
a
4
1
4
4
0
0
4
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
4
4
4
1
1
1
4
10
4
1
4
1
0
4
0
0
IB
4
4
0
0
0
1
4
0
4
0
24
4
0
4
4
4
4
2
0
0
4
4
53
0
0
3
4
1
0
2
0
4
0
1
4
4
4
0
4
2
1
0
0
0
18
0
0
0
1
1(
IS
0
D
0
0
0
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
1
4
0
4
4
0
0
4
2
8
4
4
4
4
0
4
0
19
0
4
0
0
: ID
4
0
4
0
4
14
4
4
0
0
I
0
0
0
4
4
4
1
4
4
1
4
17
4
4
0
4
0
4
1
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
4
1
4
4
5
0
0
2
3
0
4
4
15
0
1
0
0
IE
4
4
4
4
1
41
4.
3
1
4
1
0
4
1
0
4
4
0
0
0
2
0
21
4
1
0
4
0
34
4
0
4
0
0
11
1
4
1
4
0
0
0
4
4
0
0
1
0
10
1
4
0
23
4
4
0
0
1G
0
4
0
0
0
1
0
4
4
0
0
4
4
4
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
4
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
4
4
3
4
2
4
0
4
0
4
4
0
0
11
4
1
4
4
4
44
9
1
0
0
4
4
1
4
4
4
0
0
0
1
4
28
2
5
3
9
4
3
25
4
4
0
12
4
2
4
0
0
0
0
5
4
4
4
0
0
a
0
0
0
0
1
8
1
0
4
0
3A
0
0
0
4,
4
0
0
0
0
4
0
4
0
0
0
0
1
4
4
12
4
4
4
0
4
1
4
0
0
4
4
1
1
4
4
11
4
4
4
0
2
0
1
4
0
4
2
4
4
1
0
3B
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0
0
4
4
4
0
4
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
0
0
4
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
0
0
0
4
0
0
9
4
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
3C
4
0
4
4
4
1
4
4
4
4
0
4
4
0
1
4
4
0
4
0
4
2
1
1
4
0
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
1
4
1
4
0
0
0
4
4
1
0
4
4
2
0
0
0
11
0
0
0
0
3D
0
0
1
4
4
2
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
0
0
4
0
4
4
0
2
2
3
4
0
0
0
4
4
1
4
1
4
4
3
0
4
2
1
4
0
0
0
0
0
8
4
0
0
0
3E
4
7
0
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
4
0
0
14
9
4
4
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
4
0
1
4
0
1
0
4
4
4
4
0
1
0
0
1
4
4-
0
0
3
4
4
4
0
3G
4
4
0
4
0
0
1
4
4
0
0
3
4
4
4
0
8
0
0
1
4
0
0
4
4
4
0
4
0
4
0
4
4
4
4
0
0
0
4
4
0
4
4
0
4
4
4
4
1
2
0
4
0
0
4
0
0
0
31
4
9
4
4
0
4
0
4
4
4
0
4
4
0
4
0
4
1
0
4
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0
4
4
0
0
2
4
1
4
0
g
0
0
4
4
0
5A
4
4
0
0
0
4
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
0
0
4
0
4
0
0
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0
0
4
4
4
2
4
44
4
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
5B
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
4
1
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
4
0
0
0
0
4
4
0
4
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
4
0
4
4
0
0
4
0
4
44
0
4
0
3
4
0
0
0
5C
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
0
4
0
1
14
41
0
4
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
4
4
0
4
4
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
4
0
14
0
22
0
4
9
1
0
4
4
0
5D
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
4
0
4
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
4
0
4
4
0
4
4
0
4
0
4
4
0
0
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
3
4
0
4
4
4
0
0
0
5E
4
3
4
1
4
4
4
0
4
0
0
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
29
4
2
4
4
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
0
5
4
4
o
4
4
4
4
0
5G
4
9
0
0
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
0
4
4
4
3
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
4
0
I
0
4
4
4
0
4
4
0
4
4
4
0
4
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
0
4
4
0
0
51
4
4
0
4
4
4
0
4
4
0
4
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0
0
4
3
4
0
4
0
0
4
4
4
4
0
0
4
4
4
4
0
0
4
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
0
4
4
4
9
4
Iota
8
45
2
1
2
3
109
9
4
1
1
45
117
I*/
1
1
1
1
17
1
3
1
1
5
42
194
17
4
28
4
4
42
4
2
2
12
1
19
4
4
4
7
1
5
14
4
2
17
2
37
15
153
1
1
1
119
1
1
1
1
-------
Appendix Table 10.2.
Taxa
Continued. Composite Species List by Station for the May, 198O Benthic Sampling.
Stations
*=.
VO
U)
44 Actnciiu SP
t3 (Irene tricariiuU
65 Caecui carolinisoiii
48 Cstcui ralchelliM
69 Caectm SP
74 CrePiduU fornicaU
71 Crepidala plana
72 Crepidula SP
73 Csclostrmscus SP
74 Calichnella bidenUU
75 Epiloniui iiillislriaUit
76 Eriloniut SP
585 Harsinelhdae SP
84 Hilrella lunata
81 Hilrella SP (j»v>
82 Nannodiella
-------
Appendix Table 10.2. Continued. Composite Species List by Station for the May, 1980 Benthic Sampling.
Taxa
448 Amphipoda
469 Amphipoda
470 Amphipoda
472 Amphipoda
473 Amphipoda
W Amphipoda
447 Hausloridae se
423 Aeaathoe occulala
425 Apanthiira Hgiifka
426 Apanthurs SP (Juv)
427 Edolea
427 Idalheidae
430 hunna SP
431 Serolis
432 Sfhsero
433 Slenelrim unocule
409 Csclaspis varians
412 leucon SP
413 Oxaurostslis 51 it hi
414 Oxyurostylis SP
408 Caclaspis pustulaU
410 CsclasPis SP A
415cumacea sp
478 helaissidopsis svif U
47? Ibsidopsis biseloui
481 Hssidopsis sp
476 Bowaniella POT
482 My sidacea
418 LeHochelij SP
419 Tanaidacea sp.
380 Haplocslherida sell
381 ParasUrope pollex
383 Safsiella SP
384 Ostracoda
385 Ostracoda
384ostracoda
387 Ostracoda
3880stracoda
389 Ostracoda
3?2 Ostracoda
391 Ostracoda
378 LiShlieUa floridana
394Copepoda sp
397Copepoda sp
jjjCopepoda sp
jy^Copepoda sp
450 Copepoda sp
404 Balanus SP
487 Alpheus sp
488Alphei
.orbila
)
»
9
0
0
0
0
o
V
0
0
0
9
V
9
0
9
0
17
0
22
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
9
9
12
9
4
3
0
0
9
9
9
0
9
9
0
0
0
0
9
7
0
9
0
9
9
0
0
9
n
V
0
9
9
9
9
1
0
0
9
14
9
37
9
2
9
0
13
5
9
0
28
0
9
2
9
16
0
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
0
3
9
0
0
0
9
0
0
1
9
9
2
0
0
14
1
9
0
9
9
9
9
9
\
I
9
9
4
9
9
9
9
9
0
5
9
13
9
0
0
9
9
3
9
9
8
9
9
1
0
3
0
9
9
2
9
0
9
0
0
0
9
0
0
2
9
9
9
1
9
g
0
9
9
9
9
0
0
9
9
9
1
9
9
0
5
9
12
9
2
9
9
9
12
1
9
9
0
9
9
9
1
3
0
9
9
9
9
9
9
6
9
9
9
1
9
9
1
9
1
2
0
0
i
0
9
9
1
9
10
0
0
0
1
0
0
25
0
9
9
0
0
0
0
2
5
9
9
9
9
9
9
2
7
0
9
0
0
9
0
0
9
9
3
2
0
9
9
9
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
I :
3
0
0
0
0
9
0
0
9
9
9
0
0
9
9
0
0
5
0
3
1
0
0
0
9
9
9
1
9
9
9
3
0
1
3
6
0
9
9
0
0
0
299
9
9
0
0
9
0
9
0
1
1
9
0
0
0
2
9
9
1
9
9
0
1
1
8
17
5
9
9
9
0
0
2
2
0
4
9
2
1
1
2
9
0
0
0
12
2
9
0
1
51
4
29
0
0
0
9
9
179
9
0
9
9
9
9
9
2
1
0
0
0
3
9
9
9
9
9
0
0
9
0
0
9
0
9
0
0
9
9
0
4
0
3
0
0
0
9
2
9
0
0
0
0
9
3
1
B
9
1
0
9
0
9
0
9
0
9
0
0
9
0
0
0
0
0
9
0
0
9
0
0
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
0
9
0
0
0
9
0
4
14
1
0
0
0
0
153
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
9
0
0
9
0
9
0
9
0
0
0
0
0
9
0
9
9
0
9
0
0
0
0
0
9
0
9
0
9
9
0
0
2
9
1
9
1
0
9
9
9
4
2
4
0
1
0
1
9
0
8
9
9
9
9
9
1
1
9
0
0
9
9
0
9
0
0
9
0
0
1
9
0
9
4
9
9
0
9
9
0
9
9
9
15
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
1
9
6
9
3
9
9
19
9
9
9
0
9
9
9
9
1
9
0
9
9
9
9
9
0
9
9
0
0
9
3
9
9
0
9
0
9
9
9
9
1
9
9
0
0
9
9
9
9
9
1
9
1
9
0
0
1
0
2
9
12
9
3
9
9
2
9
0
9
0
0
0
1
2
7
6
0
1
0
9
9
0
9
8
9
5
9
9
9
0
9
4
0
9
9
9
9
0
9
9
6
0
9
9
9
0
9
0
0
1
9
0
9
9
0
9
7
9
6
0
1
9
0
0
1
12
0
9
9
0
9
9
4
2
5
9
9
9
9
1
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
0
2
1
0
0
0
9
0
0
9
1
I
0
9
0
9
0
9
0
0
2
9
9
9
9
9
• 9
2
9
9
9
1
9
0
9
9
9
0
25
9
9
9
9
8
17
5
0
0
9
0
9
9
78
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
1
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
1
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
19
0
9
2
9
2
0
2
9
0
9
0
9
1
9
9
1
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
0
9
9
0
0
0
9
0
0
0
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
9
0
9
9
9
9
0
7
9
0
0
0
9
0
9
1
9
5
9
4
9
1
9
0
9
9
3
9
0
9
0
1
9
9
9
0
0
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
9
9
0
9
0
0
9
0
0
0
0
0
9
1
1
9
9
9
0
3
9
9
0
0
9
0
9
1
0
7
0
1
9
3
0
9
1
9
2
0
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
0
9
9
9
9
1
0
9
9
0
9
9
9
4
9
0
9
0
0
9
0
0
9
9
9
0
9
9
0
0
0
0
9
9
0
0
0
9
9
11
0
8
9
2
0
9
0
9
9
9
4
0
0
0
9
7
9
2
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
9
0
0
9
9
9
9
0
0
9
9
0
9
1
0
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
9
9
9
9
2
9
9
9
9
9
5
9
15
9
9
9
78
9
9
9
1
12
9
9
9
1
1
9
9
1
9
0
13
9
0
9
9
9
9
9
1
9
9
9
9
1
0
9
9
9
9
9
' 9
9
9
9
3
1
0
9
9
1
9
9
9
9
1
9
2
9
2
9
9
9
9
138
9
9
1
3
31
23
4
4
9
0
0
9
0
49
9
9
0
9
9
0
0
1
9
1
9
0
9
9
9
9
i
9
0
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
0
9
9
0
9
9
3
9
4
9
9
9
9
9
0
9
9
44
9
1
4
1
15
21
0
9
4
9
1
0
9
9
0
0
9
9
9
9
9
0
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
2
15
2
1
1
1
1
11
41
24
3
1
2
1
2
129
16
174
1
29
1
B
182
23
27
2
339
12
4
27
9
123
137
27
34
5
1
1
1
1
522
3
24
2
1
3
1
9
20
4
3
1
4
3
1
27
6
16
-------
Appendix Table 1O.2. Continuea. Composite Species List Joy Station for the May,
198O Berithic Sampling -
Stations
VO
5C
5D 5E 5C 51
496 Oftrides lincola
512 Paaurus SP (Jail
514 Pasurus tanairensis
516 PaOirus lonSicarms
515 Paaurus bullisi
498 Paiaeus SF
494 Traclwpenaeus SP
527 Pirmixa chaeloptersna
528 Pinnixs N. SP A
530 Pinnixs pearsei
531 Pinnixa N> SP
532 PinnoUieridae SF (Juv)
534 PorUnos c.f, aibbesii
501 Processa heiPhilli
502 Processa SP
503 Pfocessidae SP iJav)
51? Dissodsclslus »eUiUe
545 HelliU minouie!
546HelliU SP (Juv)
547 Echinoidea SP
548 Ectuntndea SP (Juv)
543 Echinocsrdiij
551 Slelleroidea
555 Hicrofhohs atra
556 mcfOPholis aracillUa
557 Hicropholis Jaauarii
556 Hicropholis souataU
540 Ofhiop(ir83*u5
562 Ophiofhraaws
543 OphioPhrssDis
564 OphioptiraSius SP
561 OphiophraJMis pulcher
547 Amphiuridae sp
537 LeptossnpsU SP
540 Hololhuroidea SP A
45 Glottidia pwai
41 Selenaria SP
38 OiaetoSnalha SP
47 Echiurida &
43 Phoronis architecla
51 ParasPidDsiphm SP
47 Aspidisiphon SP
570 HnichordaU SP
572 Braochioslota c
584 Ascidiacea sf (Juv)
273 tbriochele SP
64 Alss caribaea
102 Caecim iibricalui
103 Eritoniui novanglUe
86 Odosloiia SP (Juv)
Total
1A
a 0
4
sis 0
pus 0
0
0
0
ersna ,
0
7
1
(Juv) 0
bbesii 1
h 0
0
Juv) 0
lliUe 0
sperforaU 0
I 0
0
njv) 0
avescens 0
0
i 1
:illin 0
isrii 0
aaU 0
iloSraoeus 0
»tUS 0
iirdetani 0
r 0
ulcher 0
> sp. (Sjuv.) 4
1
p A 1
itiala 0
0
0
0
ecla 0
SP 0
0
3
•aribaeui 1
Juv) 1
0
Lui 0
iSlUe 0
Juv) 0
TOTALS ! 344
TOTAL SPP, ! 59
IB 1C
0
4
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
7 0
0 0
1 12
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 15
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
3 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
5 0
0 0
17 27
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
1 1
0 0
1 6
0 0
0 0
1 0
8 7
0 0
OA
0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
516 437
84 81
ID IE
0 0
21 36
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 9
0 1
9 0
0 3
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 2
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
2 0
16 3
0 0
2 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 2
5 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 57
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
551 1346
88 114
1G 11 3
0 0 (
2 32 :
0 1 <
0 11 I
0 1 (
0 0 4
2 0 (
0 0 1
0 0
0 0 1
o 6 ;
3 2 !
0 0 (
0 0 <
6 5 (
3 0 (
0 0 (
0 0 (
2 2 (
0 0 I
3 0 (
0 0 I
0 0 I
0 0
1 (
0 (
0 (
0 I
0
0
0
0
6 20
0
0
1 10
1 234
0 0
0 0
1 2
10 5
1 0
0 1
2 60
0 1
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
584 2931 261
71 156 5
A 3B
) 0
! 0
) 0
1
I u
0
I 0
0
0
0
0
> 0
) 0
I 0
) 0
I 0
) 0
> 0
) 0
) 0
1 0
) 0
I 0
0
1 0
1 0
I 0
I 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
) 0
} 0
) 0
1 0
9 0
) 244
> 19
j". 3D
0 0
3 2
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 2
0 0
0 0
ft 1
0 1
0 2
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
2 0
6 19
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
2 0
1 0
0 0
2 0
0 19
0 0
23 4
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
3 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
5 22
0 0
OA
0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
313 537
86 83
IF,
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
18
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
I
0
0
0
0
0
w
a
3G 31 3
2 1
4 3
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 4
0 0
0 0
5 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
6 2
0 0 0
000
0 1 0
0 0 0
000
000
040
000
0 0 0
000
1 1 156
000
OA A
0 0
0 0 0
1 0 0
000
ODD
258 581 823
74 60 38
A 30 ->*
0 0
1 3
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
5 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
12 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
131 136
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 9
0 0
0 0
1171 673
46 48
t -* "
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
1
0
205
39
0 0
1 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
0 0
0 2
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
17 40
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
5 16
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 2
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
3 7
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
411 735
67 69
0 3
0 124
0 1
0 12
0 1
0 1
0 2
0 3
0 1
0 15
0 11
0 44
0 5
0 2
! 23
0 3
0 1
0 3
14 155
0 1
0 3
0 1
0 2
0 2
0 1
0 1
0 5
0 1
0 1
0 k
0 25
0 2
9 m
0 1
0 5
1 15
0 235
0 4
0 3
4 28
0 15
0 1
o y
0 694
0 2
1
0
0
0
0
333 13592
52 348
-------
Appendix Table 10.3. Composite Species List by Station for the October, 1980 Benthic Sampling.
Taxa
1A IB 1C ID IE 1C
Stat lour,
SA 31 3C 3D 3£
3G 31
56 SI
Total
5 Hsdroid SP
10 Anenne SP D
11 Anewne SP J
12 Anenne SP H
13 Alhenaria SP A
14 Athenaria SP B
UALhpnaria SP f
nLimioi 10 br F
19 Athenaria SP G
20 Alhenaria SP H
21 Athenaria SP K
22 Athenaria SP L
23 Alhenaria SP H
25 Euplana sracilis
26 Euplana SP
27 Slslochus SP
29 TurbelUrian SP D
30 Turbellarian SP E
32 Neter tinea SP
34 Keutoda SP
36 Priapulida SP
38 Chaeloaialha SP
40 Brszoa SP
41 Selenaria SP
43 Phoronis architects
£., 45 Glottidia pwatidala
lO 47 Echiurida SP
^ 49 Aspidisiphon SP
SO Golfinaiidae SP
52 Phascoloin SP
53 Sipunculis SP
54 Sipunmlida spUuv)
57 Chaelopleura apiculata
59 Acleocina canaliculala
60 Acleocina SP
61 Anachis obesa
62 Anachis pnlchella
64 AUs caribaea
65 Caecui carolinianui
66 Caecut cooperi
67 Caecui johnsoni
68 Caecui rulchellu*
70 CrePidula fornicala
71 CrePidula plana
73 Csclostreiiscus SP
74 blichnella bidenlala
76 Epiloniui SP
77 Gastropoda spat
78 Haiinoea elesans
79 Haiinoea succinea
81 Hitrella SP (Juv)
82 Hannodiella oxia
83 Natica pusilla
85 Nudibranch SP (Juv)
86 MoslMia SP
-------
,0.3.
VO
T.-ixa
94 Turhtmilla cmradi
95 Tiirbonilla interrupia
96 riirbonilla SP
97 TurbonJllinse SP IJuv)
98 Turridae SP
99 Urosalpinx SP
101 Gastropoda SP
105 Denlaliin SP A
198 Bentaliut SP E
199 Scaphopoda SP
111 Ahra aeoualis
113 Anadara transversa
114 AnodmiUa alba
115 Austins snatins
116 Annia siwlex
117 Araopecten SP
119 Cardiidae SP (Juv)
12ft Chime cancellata
121 Chione inUpumirea
123 CorbuU contrscta
125 CrawineLls lunuUU
126 Crassinella SF
127 Craswstm vuiiiuca
123 DlpIodonU piinctaU
129 Eonax tesssiaras
131 Dosinia discus
132 Geulensia SP
133 Gonldia cerina
135 LiMa snanlus
137 HacroMllisla taculaU
133 Kacrocallisla niiijosa
140 Hactridae sp (Juv)
141 todiolus atericanus
143 nusculu* laleralis
144 HuscuUs SP ( Juv)
145 IteelU plawlala
148 Nuculana concentrica
149 Parana subovaU
15ft Pholadiiiae SP
151 Pilar SMPSOIU
154 Raela plicatella
155 Seiele SP
156 Solewa vslut
157 Soleisa occidental!?
158 Sol™ viridis
159 SPisula solidissiM siiilis
169 Tellidora cristata
161 Tellina probina
162 TelliM lenella
163 Teliina versicolor
164 Teliina SP
169 Varicorbula operculaU
17ft Veneridae SP (Juv)
173 Bivslvia SP (juv)
176 Olisodiaela SPP
178 Mlaortiaws verrilli
179 AiPharelidae SP (Juv)
189 AlPharetidae SP A
181 Awharelidae SF t
102 AtPhinotidae SP
1A
ft
9
9
9
ft
t
ft
4
9
1
3
3
5
ft
9
ft
9
1
ft
9
ft
ft
ft
1
9
11
ft
9
ft
ft
0
2
0
9
9
9
0
9
9
9
9
9
9
3
9
ft
0
ft
10
5
9
t
9
4
13
ft
ft
9
ft
0
IB 1C
ft ft
9 ft
ft ft
t ft
1 9
9 9
ft 9
9 1ft
ft 3
ft 9
9 t
9 10
1 1
9 5
0 ft
9 9
g «
9 ft
ft 1
9 9
ft ft
ft ft
9 ft
3 9
9 0
9 0
9 2
9 9
ft ft
3 9
ft ft
0 9
9 9
9 2
9 9
ft 6
9 0
9 9
9 1
9 ft
1 ft
9 17
ft 9
9 0
1 9
9 9
3 ft
1 5
ft 9
9 9
9 24
1 9
15 14
9 2
9 9
9 9
9 ft
9 ft
ID
ft
0
0
ft
0
ft
0
1
ft
ft
t
5
ft
ft
ft
ft
9
ft
ft
9
ft
9
9
0
t
9
ft
9
0
ft
ft
9
ft
0
0
9
ft
ft
t
ft
ft
ft
ft
9
ft
ft
51
6
9
9
3
9
1
9
9
9
ft
ft
IE 1C
ft ft
ft 9
1 1
ft 1
9 t
ft t
ft 1
1 0
ft 9
ft ft
ft ft
32 42
ft ft
« ft
ft ft
ft ft
0 ft
ft ft
9 9
ft ft
9 9
ft t
ft 1
ft ft
1 ft
ft ft
ft ft
9 ft
ft ft
9 9
9 9
3 ft
9 9
0 9
0 ft
9 1
ft 6
9 0
9 9
9 9
ft ft
9 9
ft ft
ft ft
1 ft
18 12
ft ft
ft 9
4 ft
ft
3
1
ft
9
ft
ft
Stati
11 3A
t
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
g g
ft ft
o g
g g
ft ft
10 5
ft ft
« ft
0 ft
9 t
« ft
« ft
« ft
ft i
ft ft
ft ft
0 1
0 ft
3 ft
0 ft
g o
ft ft
« ft
ft ft
ft 9
9 9
9 9
9 6
9 ft
0 ft
17 0
9 ft
9 ft
9 ft
ft 0
9 9
9 1
9 ft
1 ft
ft 26
ft 85
4 ft
2 1
ft ft
8 9
9 9
ft ft
9 6
It 0
9 9
ons
3B 3C
0 ft
ft ft
ft ft
t ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft 0
ft ft
g g
0 ft
» ft
ft ft
a «
ft ft
ft 9
9 «
g g
t ft
g g
ft 9
0 ft
g >
« g
ft ft
0 9
ft 9
0 2
ft 9
9 9
ft 9
ft 9
0 9
ft 0
9 ft
ft ft
ft 9
ft ft
ft 9
9 ft
9 9
ft ft
0 ft
ft ft
34 43
9 9
9 0
0 9
ft 9
ft 9
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
t 0
ft 9
3 't 3 "
9
ft
ft
g
1
g
2
t
0
g
g
5
g
< g
g 3
ft 200
» g
I 4
g g
g 2
g 4
1 12
g i
g i
2 ft
ft ft
t ft
ft 0
ft g
9 «
ft 0
i ft
ft 2
ft ft
ft ft
t ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft 9
10 3
t ft
14 6
0 ft
33 359
ft 0
ft ft
9 3
ft 1
ft ft
10 11 5 A
ft ft ft
g g
ft g
< ft
ft t
ft «
ft «
t »
2 ft
g g
g g
4 g
6 ft
2 ft
« «
3 g
7 ft
> 0
g g
g g
g ft ft
ft i
< ft
g g
g ft
> ft
ft t
9 ft
9 ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft «
ft ft
9 ft
g ft
g g
« «
ft t
ft »
ft 10
1 0
ft 4
ft »
102 4 ft
ft ft
ft ft
0 9
0 1 ft
,B
ft
g
g
«
ft
ft
«
g
g
13
g
g
g
g
g
g
g
g
g
g
ft
g
g
ft
g
g
g
ft
g
ft
g
g
g
g
g
g
9
i
ft
e
9
12
0
ft
4
ft
1
ft
ft
9
0
9
1C 5 1>
ft 0
ft ft
ft ft
1 ft
ft ft
ft t
ft ft
g g
g g
2 1
0 ft
9 ft
g g
g ft
ft ft
« ft
4 ft
ft ft
ft t
i ft
< «
ft i
ft g
ft i
ft «
0 ft
« i
« ft
ft »
ft 9
ft 0
ft ft
o g
ft t
« , «
0 ft
ft 9
g g
g g
9 ft
9
s
ft
i
9
5
ft
0
2
1
ft
ft 9
ft ft
0 0
I) 0
? 9 0
990
g g g
9 9 9
g g 9
t ft ft
1 ft ft
ft ft 0
9 ft ft
ft t ft
10 I 12
ft ft ft
ft 1 ft
ft 2
9 ft
ft ft
ft 9
9 9
ft 9
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
t 9
9 9
6 ft
ft ft
ft ft
0 0
ft 9
ft 1
9 9
9 9
9 ft
ft 9
ft 9
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft ft
ft ft ft
ft 9 ft
9 9 9
999
ft ft 2
2 ft 9
9 9 ft
9 ft 9
9 ft 1
ft 1 0
6 2 2
9 9 9
9 0 1
990
a 1 fi
too
Total
2
1
1
2
27
4
1
6
i
149
2
6
2
1
t
7
5
291
4
>
6
1
18
1
1ft
21
2
1
1
1
3
3
^
£.
6
i
11
23
2
2
i
22
1
1
2
1
69
2W
86
4
74
7
O2
4
1
3
t
1
-------
Appendix Table 10.3. Continued. Composite Species List, by Station for the October, 1980 Benthic Sampling.
Taxa Stations
183 Ancistrogjllis harlianae
184 AnmtrosKllis Jonesi
186 Apoprionospio ptidiaea
187 Arabella iricolor •
188 Archiannelida SP
139 Aricidea cerrulii
190 Aricidea fauveli
191 Aricidea fraailis
192 Aricidea SP
193 Aricidea uassi
194 Aria'ndia aSilis
194 fteMndia Mills
195 ftr'ijiidis laculala
196 te'achis carolinae
197 Asscbis SP
198 AxiolheUa lucosa
200 Bracichraasschis aiericana
201 Brania clavala
202 Brania SP
203 Brania wUfleeUnsis
204 CapileUa capilala
205 fauileriella alala
206 Caulleriella SP
208 Ceralonereis lirabilis
209 Chaetoplerus variopedalus
00
212 Qione SP
211 ChrysopeUlut s?
213 CirraUilidae SP
>
)
)
)
)
!
2
t 5
3
0
0
3
1
i
0
0
0
0
0
ft
0
1
A 5B 5C SO •>
) 1 0 0
(000
2005
000
0 0 0
0 0 ft
0 ft 0
1 ft 0
000
0 ft ft
ft ft ft
ft 1 t
000
ooo
0 1 0
ft 0 ft
ft ft ft
ft ft 0
ft ft ft
0 0 ft
ft ft ft
9 ft 2
000
0 ft ft
ft 0 0
0 3 1
000
0 ft 0
ft ft 0
ft 0 0
000
ft ft 0
On A
V V
0 0 1
000
OA A
V V
000
0 ft 0
0 ft i)
0 ft ft
000
000
000
ft ft 0
ft 0 0
000
0 0 ft
0 1 0
9 1 2
000
040
0 ft 0
000
ft 0 0
ft 3 0
0 0 ft
It V 1
002
1 0 1
E •>(
1)
9
61
3
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
'• •>! Total
0 i4
) 0 61
> 0 117
0 4
> 0 119
> 10 14
i! 1 3
i 0 85
>A |O
V IT
) 0 2
) 0 3ft
9 ft 3ft
9 5 285
9 0 2
1 0 2
t 2 126
9 0 1
1 0 19
» 0 2
I 0 69
) 0 2
) 0 1
1 0 84
) ft 1
) ft 14
) t 1
) 0 10
) 0 U
0 1
0
0
0
0
ft
0
0
0 41
0 16
0 16
ft 3
ft 47
0 2
0 15
0 1
0 249
ft 33
0 14
0 20
0 21
0 18
0 169
0 1
0 1
ft 6
0 6
i n
9 3
0 M
-------
Appendix Table 1O.3. Continued. Composite Species List by Station for the October, 1980 Benthic Sampling.
Taxa
S I a L i o n H
vo
257 Uibrinereis SP
258 Lasidice SP
259 Hafelona pacifica
260 Haftluia peUibooeae
241 Ha&lona rioja
242 Haaelotii SP A
245 Haldanidae SP
244 HalMrenia SP
247 Na-phasa SP
248 ttedioiasUs californiensis
26? NeteloMa biocuUtui
270 hehnna taculala
271 Hexieulepis niter i
272 NinusPio cirriferi
273 Hwioctwle SP
275 Nephlss picU
277 Hereis arenoaxtonta
278 Hereis succinea
27? Hereis SP
280 Nerinides SF
2S1 Holhria w
282 Hotmaslus aiericanus
283 HoloiasUis henpodus
284 Noloisslus lalericeus
285 Odontossllis fulserens
284 OnupKis emits oculaU
287 Qnuphis nebulosa
288 OnuPhis pallidaU
28? OnuFhis SP
290 Ophelia cfenUciilaU
291 dPhelia SP
292 Ophelina SP
293 OHenia fusiforiis
295 Parsdoneis Iwa
274 PBrsnaitis polsnoides
299 Parapionossllis lonSicirraU
2?? Psrawionospio pjnnata
300 Pectiitaria souldii
301 Pherusa SP
302 Phallodoce arenae
305 Pisione rnota
304 Pisla SP
307 Podarte obscura
308 Poecilochaetus jotasoni
30? Pohcirms carolinensis
310 Polscirrus SP
312 Poladwa socialis
313 Poladora SP
317 Polwioidea SP D
318 Prionosfio crislaU
321 ProtodorviUea Kefersliini
322 Protodorvillea SP A
324 Pseudoeur-fthoe atoitoa
325 Pseudoralwlora SP
326 Sabellaridae SP
327 Satellitee SP ft
32? Scbistoieriiuos lansicorniis
130 Schistowinlos peclinaU
332 Scolelepis smiaiata
1A IB
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
0 0
7 12
0 0
0 1
0 0
21 0
0 0
0 0
2 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
34 45
0 0
0 0
6 14
0 0
0 0
0 C
0 1
0 1
0 1
o ;
0 (
0 (
0 (
0 1
0 I
0 (
1 I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16
1
1C ID
5 0
1A
u
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 29
19 0
0 0
44 a
0 0
0 0
0 0
35 0
0 3
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 1
0 0
2 0
20 4
0 0
0 0
11 2
1 0
0 0
0 1
0 1
3 106
0 0
4 0
0 5
0 0
0 0
ft 17
) 0 0
) 0 0
) 1 6
4 4
0 0
0 0
A A
V V
0 0
1 20
1 0 1
1 3 0
1 0 0
& 0 1
0 1 ?
9 0 0
0 D 0
0 1 0
2 65 1
0 2 0
0 0 0
D 0 0
9 0 0
9 0 0
IE 1G
1 0
OJV
V
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
7 2
0 0
0 0
2 4
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 4
0 0
1 4
0 0
0 0
15 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 A
.16 0
3 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
3 0
2 0
0 0
0 0
A A
V V
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
2 0
0 1
0 0
1 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
11
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
3A 3D
0 0
Oft
U
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
2 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
7 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
A A
V V
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
18 7
0 1
0 0
3 0
0 0
0 0
I 0
OA
u
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
71 0
0 0
o a
0 0
0 0
0 0
'it: .3D
0 0
OK
0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 7
0 0
0 0
0 0
6 3
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 4
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 ft
0 27
0 28
0 0
0 27
0 0
0 0
0 0
A A
" 11
0 0
0 0
1 3
0 0
0 4
0 0
31 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
OA
0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 3
0 o
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
« 3
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
32
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
5
5
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
2
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
4
25
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
0
0
0
7
0
0
?
0
2
0
15
2
0
3C
0
0
0
0
0 I
0 1
0,
1
0 1
0
2 <
1 1
0 <
? 1(
0
0
0
0
'
1
0
31 5A SB
9 0 0
OA A
V U
> 0 0
1 0 0
) 0 0
9 0 0
9 0 0
9 0 0
9 0 1
I 1 6
9 0 0
9 0 0
9 0 0
9 0 0
9 0 0
2 1 0
9 0 0
1 0 3
1 0 0
) 0 0
1 0 0
> 0 0
1 10 15
) 0 0
) 0 0
1 0 0
I ft 0
) 0 0
I 0 0
) 315 426
) 2 1
1 0 0
I 0 0
1 0 0
1 0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
ft 0
2 1
0 0
0 0
0 D
ft 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 ft
0 0
0 ft
0 0
ft 1
ft ft
0 0
1 (1
sc
0
0
0
0
0
0
ft
0
0
0
0
4
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
ft
0
3?
.0
0
1
0
0
0
144
0
ft
ft
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
ft
0
0
0
0
ft
1
0
0
ft
0
ft
0
0
ft
(1
0
S
51) SK 5C 51
0 0 ft
OA A
V V
0 0 9
000
0 0 1
0 ft ft
0010
0000
0000
0651
0040
0400
2 3 ft I
0 0 0 ft
ft 0 0 ft
ft 0 0 ft
ft ft 0 ft
ft 0 0 0
0 ft 0 0
ft 0 t 0
ft 0 0 0
0000
3340
0 0 ft ft
0101
10 1 8 3
ft D 0 1
0000
0000
ft 0 4 0
ft 1 0 ft
0010
0 0
1 0
5 ft
0 0
0 0
0 ft
0 ft
ft 0
ft 0
0 0
0 3
0 0
5 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 ft
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 00
0 0 0
:•? i? u )
Total
4
o
3
1
2
1
34
1?
2
176
7
6
18
71
8
5
2
8
2
4
1
2
218
30
2
103
2
1
1
|
1015
8
20
31
5
26
82
1
2
16
10
1
4
3
1
33
1
6
2
24
19
12
3
15
161
5
3
IA
ft
-------
Appendix Table 10.3. Continued. Composite Species List by Station for the October, 1980 Benthic Sampling,
U1
o
o
333 Scoloplos rubra
334 Scoloplos SP (Juv)
335 Serpula verticui
336 Sermlidae SP t,
33? SUalion SP 8
340 Sisalionidae SP
341 SiSaibrs bassi
343 SiSaibra lentaculata
345 Spin peltiboneae
346 SpiochaetopUriis
348 Spiophanes boitiax
349 SLeiunonerels sp
350 Sitwnelais boa
351 SUiHielais SP
352 Streplossllis arenas
353 Ssllidae SP H
358 Ssllidae SP H
359 Ssllis alteriurta
340 Ssllis cornuU
341 Ssllis S-acillis
344 Ssneliis albini
365 Tharux annulosus
344 Tharyx SP
347 Thelepus selosus
348 Travisia hobsonae
349 Travisia et parva
371 Trichobranchus Si
372 Polychaeta
376 Pscnosonida
380 Haploralher
381 Paraslerope pollex
382 Sarsiella zoslericols
383 Sarsiella SP
384 Ostracoda
385 Ostracoda
384 Ostracoda
387 Ostracoda
389 Ostracoda
390 Ostracoda
391 Ostracoda
393 Ostracoda
394 Ostracoda
396Gopepoda sp
397Copepoda i
400Copepoda <
401 Copepoda
402 Copepoda
404 Balanus SP
405 Tra-eUsidse SP
408 Cachspis posldlaU
409 Oiclaspis varians
398 Copepoda
410 Csclaspis SP A
411 Leucon awricanus
413 QxsurosUlis siithi
415 Cumacea sp
414 Cumacea sp
418 Leptochelia SP
419 Tanaid^cea
420 T a n a i d a c e a
1A IB 1
0 0
iv) 0 0
lar jranulosa 0 0
0 0
On
0 0
lata 10 20 3
! 0 0
i coslarui oculaU 0 0
K 00
0 0
0 0
0(1
enae 0 0
0 0
On
Q « 1
6 21 1
0 0
It 0
7 0
25 21
Oft
e 00
a 0 0
lacialis 0
i sp. A 0
0
etlPUncUla 34 28
ex 1
icols 0
32 34
sp. A 0
sp. B 1
sp. D 0
sp. F «
sp. H 00
Up. J 00
sp. K 00
p. A 00
p. B 80
p, E 00
p. F 00
ip. G 01
0 0
0 0
aU 0 0
s 2 0
,p. C 00
0 0
i 0 0
thi 1 0
>• E 001
p. F 001
0 0
> sp. B 373
i sp. c 00
C ID IE 1C 11
1020
0000
0000
0000
OA A A
0000
3100
0200
2000
0010
0000
0000
0000
0000
4000
3 4i 0 0
0000
0 85 0 0
2000
1010
On n A i
00001
1 0 0 0 (
0 0 0 0 (
0 0 0 0 (
1010
J 0 0 6
D 0 0 0
9000
» 59 37 1
1010
) 16 o o ;
0001
0001
0441
0 0 0 t
0000
0000
0000
0000
000
1000
2800
0000
0000
0000
0100
10000
10000
11001
14114
00000
3A 3B }<: 3n 3E 3C 3
) 00000
1 10000
1 00000
1 00000
00 0 3 15
v 0 9 v 0
214183
0 0 0 0 15 1
001100
000 100
000000
1 12 9 000
0 0 0 ft 0 0
000070
000040
0 0 0 & 20 i
000000
0 0 0 0 2 10'
000000
1 0 1 4 i 3
I ft ft A A 1 A
1000140
1000000
1 D 0 0 0 1 0
1000000
000000
900000
000000
000100
300000
000000
000011
006012
000000
000001
000000
000000
i 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 34 1
000000
501000
1 10 3 * 0 0
6 0 0 D 1 0 1
oooooo
0 i 1 0 0 0
2 12 4 4 0 0
0 0 0 - t 1 1
0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 «
0002100
0 0 0 0 0 15 I
I <
0
0
1 (
i 5B sc so •>
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
010
1000
3 15 21 0
000.
2 3 2
000
0 0
0*
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 0
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 3
0 0
0 0
000
0001
000
000
0 2 0 (
0 0 2 21
1 3 0 (
0 0 0 .(
000
000
000
000
OA A
000
A ft A
000
0 0 0
0 '0 0
On ft
0 0 0 fl
o i 3 g
3 i 0 14
0000
1 0 0
000
1 0 0
000
000
0 0 v
000
0 A II 0
E SG ST Tnfal
00 3
0 0 1
0 0 1
0 4
2
0 18
0 16
1 2 106
87 144
0 4
0 13
0 1
0 22
1
0 1
0 8
2
0 34
0 120
0 3
0 1 117
00 9
00 68
00 5
0 0 4
0 0 1
00 2
0 0 1
00 400
0 0 1
0 0 1
\ 0 1 173
1 1 33
60 45
0 1 8
0 0 2
0 1 5
00 12
00 4
A A I
2 i 3
4
46
3
7
13
56
15
0 4
0 7
0 26
00 3
0 0 1
00 i
JO 56
i) 0 15
-------
Tatoie 1O . 3 .
Speeie,
Tax a
421 Tanaidacea sp. D
423 teffiUne occulala
424 AnUwridae SP (Juv)
JTC AunUuira *3rtiifii*a
Tta HrsnuHirs •HHITIC*
428 Edotea SP
435 AcanUnhagsUrius SP
436 toelisca c.f. abdita
437 toelisca verrilli
438 Aipelisca vadorui
439 ParacaprelU SP
444 teams SP
441 Corophiu c.f. toberoiUUil
443 Corophiui SP
444 Dexatine SP
446 ErichUtonius SP
443 Leibos cf uebsUri
451 Lislriella cf barnardi
453 Honoculodes nsei
454 Tiron IropiUs
457 ParaKtopella cypris
458 Plalsischnopidae N. 4en.
461 Rhepoxynius c.f. epislonis
442 Amphipoda sp. ft
4444
ft 4
1 4
ft 14 4 4
2444
4 5 10 5
3 17
1 3
0 4 ft 4
0 4
6 A
ft
4 0
0 ft 1
0 0
0 4
ft 0
4 15
4 0
ft 0
1 4
0 0
1
4
2
4
ft
ft 0 ft 4
0 0 (
0 0 (
0 ft i
) 5
) ft
i 4
ft ft ft ft
ft ft A A
ft 9 ft ft
0 ft 0 2
ft ft ft ft
ft 1 (
) 4
0 0 ft A
t 2 1
ft 9
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 ft
0 0
0 1
ft 0
ft ft
0 0
0 0
ft ft
0 ft
ft ft
ft 0
9 ft
ft 1
) 1
A
V
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
4
D
1
17
79
5
J
1
A
3G 31 SA
4 t ft
2 2 ft
4 A
IT A
111 V
A 13
A 4
4 117
4 ft
ft 4
ft 4
ft 1
4 t
4 ft
4 4
4 4
4 ft
ft 4
ft 1ft
4 1
4 4
«A
ft
0 23
0 172
ft ft
4 4
4 ft
4 ft
ft ft
ft ft
4 9
ft 8
ft 4
4 4
ft 1
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft 4
t ft
ft 0
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
A A
V V
ft 9
ft t
ft 9
9 9
1 9
ft 8
9 ft
4 ft
4 ft
9 1
ft ft
10 3
1 ft
9 ft
ft ft
ft ft
SB 50
ft 9
9 4
4 4
8 14
13 4
4 4
236 147
4 ft
4 ft
4 0
2 2
4 4
4 4
4 4
0 4
4 0
ft ft
1 3
1 3
4 0
««
V
12 24
93 86
ft 0
4 4
ft 0
ft 4
0 0
4 4
4 0
2 0
4 2
4 0
4 ft
ft 9
4 0
ft 0
ft ft
1 0
0 0
ft ft
ft 4
ft ft
4 0
0 9
9 0
9 0
9 ft
9 0
9 0
0 0
9 1
0 ft
9 9
9 1
4 9
9 9
9 0
9 0
5D 5F. 5G -i?
9 9 ft ft
9949
9 ft ft
A A A
v 1
ft 1
' V
) ft
1 2 9
14
ft
ft
Q
2
A
ft
ft
9
9
ft
ft
2
4
3
12
ft
4
4 0
1 3
4 «
) ft
0
1
ft
ft
0
0
ft
9
9 D
9 1
ft 2
ft 9
ft ft
ft
0
3
ft
ft
1
ft
ft 9 9 9
222*
ft ft ft ft
1 3
9 ft
ft ft
9 ft
9 ft ft ft
4 113
9 ft
ft 1
ft 0
ft 9
ft 9
ft ft
9 9
9 ft
ft 0
ft ft
9 9
ft ft
9 9
ft 9
ft 9
9 9
ft 9
9 ft
9 0
9 9
ft ft
0 0
0 0
9 «
ft 0
9 9
ft 9
9 9
1 4
0 9
1 9
9 0
« 9
9 9
1 ft
9 ft
ft ft
D 0
ft ft
0 0
9 ft
4 0
ft ft
9 ft
9 9
0 ft
0 0
9 ft
9 0
Tata 1
1
4
9
65
4
541
35
31
1
7
2
1
3
10
2
24
78
9
10
75
383
3
1
13
25
2
2?
26
17
t,
5
1
119
6
2
1
18
2
7
2
3
2
1
3
1
3
15
4
I
2
18
195
6
3
i
-------
Taxa
Stations
o
NJ
522 Grapsidae SP (Juv)
525 ParUienopidae SP
524 Pinnixa chacei
527 Pinnixa chaetoplerana
528 Pinnixa K, SP A
529 Pinnixa relinens
532 PinnoUwridae SF (Juv)
533 Poloosx Sibbesi
535 Portiinus iibbesii
538 Dendrochirolida SP
539 Leptossinpata SP
54ft Hololhuroidea SP A
541 HoloUwoidea SP B
543 Erhinocardiiu flsvescens
544 Encope (ichelipi
545 Hellila miinouiesperforaU
544felliU SP(JUV)
550 AstroPMtin SF
553 ta>hiiira Soniodes
554 Her»iPholis elonSats
555 NicroPholis alra
5S4 Xicropholis graciliiia
558 HicroPhoiis saustaU
559 XicroPholis SP (Juv)
541 QphioPhraAus pulcher
•?H fKiliTnfihnfftMir ufff*jfufc3fli
•HW UrlUhUrlH B3HU9 VW UCW1A
544 Awhiuridae SP (Juv)
568 Qphiuroiitea SP
570 HeiichorrfaU SP
572 Branchioslua cariteau
574 IfoUulidae SP
575 ftscidiacea SP t
574 Ascidiacea SP D
TOTALS !
TOTAL SPP. .!
1A IB
ft ft
ft ft
ft t
3 0
4 0
0 11
ft ft
2 ft
ft t
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft 4
ft ft
9 ft'
0 1
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
1 ft
ft ft
ft ft
10 ft
ft 0
5 12
14 ft
t 0
ft 9
2 3
4 1
ft 8
ft 1
895 597
89 72
1C ID
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft 1
3 3
ft 0
ft 0
t t
0 1
1 ft
ft ft
6 ft
ft ft
ft »
ft ft
1 0
ft «
i a
ft ft
ft 0
ft 0
»»
0
9 9
24 1
ft ft
ft 4
t ft
0 ft
2 445
9 ft
ft ft
947 1487
9» 79
IE
ft
0
ft
0
ft
9
2
0
9
0
ft
9
1
0
0
5
ft
ft
ft
ft
0
ft
ft
ft
0
0
ft
0
ft
7
ft
ft
554
54
1G 11
ft t
ft 0
ft 0
0 ft
D ft
ft
4
ft
ft
9
ft
ft
ft ft
1 9
ft 0
9 9
9 9
ft ft
ft t
9 9
ft ft
2 0
9 9
Ori
0
A ft
4 ft
ft ft
ft 4
0 ft
ft 9
18 3
ft 9
9 ft
244 159
49 4ft
3A
ft
9
2
ft
3
ft
ft
ft
1
t
ft
ft
ft
0
ft
0
ft
ft
ft
ft
1
1
ft
ft
2
ft
5
ft
7
4
ft
ft
439
58
38 3C 11) '»!'. 1C. 31 SA 5B SC
0 \,
2 ft t
0 0 ft 2 0
ft 2 ft 2
ft ft
ft 4
0 0
0 0
ft 0
0 0
ft a
0 0
0 ft
ft ft
ft ft
0 ft
ft ft
ft , 0 (
ft
11
2
a
ft
0
ft
) ft
ft 0 0 0
0000
9 0 ft 0
0 ft ft 0
0 1 ft ft
0 3 0 ft 0
ft ft ft 2 9
ft ft 2 0 ft
ft 0 1
ft 4
25 26 ft 4 7
0 ft ft ft 2
7 38 5 ft ft
ft ft ft
ft ft 0
ft ft 0
ft ft 0
1ft 4 ft
9 1 0
ft 0 3
900
ft ft ft
9 a a
ft ft 0
0 ft 0
ft 0 ft
ft ft 0
too
5ft 27 54
ft 0 0
too
ft ft ft
ft ft 0
ft 0 0
ft 0 0
ft t 1
OA A
V V
too
5 0 7
t ft ft
1 1 0
t ft ft
ft 9 9
ft ft 34 94 32 4» 434 513 493
001000000
0 0 ft 1 ft. 0 0 0 0
00 ft' 000000
445 279 559
28 42 75
3123 1345 789 1474 1452 1995
117 44 59 45 44 54
so
ft
0
0
ft
ft
0
ft
ft
ft
ft
0
9
0
ft
ft
ft
0
t
1
ft
9
0
ft
5
o
ft
ft
143
39
5 R S G
0 0
ft 0
0 0
0 0
2 ft
ft 1
t ft
0 ft
0 ft
ft ft
ft ft
ft
ft
ft
0
ft
ft
ft
ft
t
9
0 ft
t 0
OA
V
t
1
9
3
9
ft
147
5
ft ft
ft ft
394 459
54 ID
SI Tntal
0 3
0 2
0 4
0 8
0 42
ft 14
0 11
0 2
ft 1
0 1
ft 1
ft 2
ft 1
3 14
ft 1
6 227
0 1
ft 1
ft 4
ft 1
ft 5
ft 3
ft 4
Of A
"J
ft 2
1 47
ft 2ft
ft SI
ft 2
0 42
22 2523
ft i
» i
ft 1
0 1
353 17515
42 392
-------
CHAPTER ELEVEN
ARTIFICIAL REEFS
BY
R. HARRY BLANGHET
JAMES K. CULTER
ROBERT H. YARBROUGH
SUZANNE HOFMANN AND
MARK GALLO
-------
INTRODUCTION
During the past fifteen years, artificial reefs have been
methodically introduced in the marine waters of Pinellas County.
Nine of these reefs are offshore and one is in Tampa Bay? four of
the offshore reefs are within the present study area. Three of these
reefs (Clearwater Reef, Dunedin Reef, and Tarpon Springs Reef) are
in 7.7 to 9.2 m (25-30 ft) of water, while one. Rube Allyn (Pinellas
No. 1) Reef, is in a depth of 15.4 m (50 ft). Locations of the
reefs are shown on Figure 11.1.
Artificial reefs are a firm substratum suitable for settle-
ment of marine epifauna and flora. Both the epibiota and the shelter
provided by the reef material attract several fish species. Some
pelagic species such as the Spanish and king mackerel, cobia, and jacks
are also attracted to prey by the high silhouette of the reef. The
reefs thus provide recreational benefits such as sport fishing, sport
diving, and commercial fishing. The artificial reefs off Pinellas
County do not appear to contribute to local commercial fisheries,
~j . i
though commercially valuable species inhibat them (Hanni and Matthews,
1977; Pinellas County, 1979).
Description of the, Study Area
A general description of the artificial reefs in this study
was provided in a pamphlet by Pinellas County (1979). A few addi-
tional notes on the reefs are listed below.
The oldest reef in the area is Clearwater Artificial Reef.
i
The first materials were dropped here in 1962. This consisted of
custom-made concrete reef material. Much of the material was scattered
when deposited, however, and little remains at the present site. Most
intact material, consisting of concrete culvert, construction debris,
steel barges, and tires, was deposited since 1973.
504
-------
Figure 11.1.
Locations of Artificial Reefs: TS, Tarpon Springs;
Dun, Dunedin; Clw, Clearwater; RA, Rube Allyn.
505
-------
Tarpon Springs Artificial Reef is in an area which also con-
tained several natural rock outcroppings. The only reef materials
found in this survey were culvert pipes, though tires are probably
in the vicinity.
The Dunedin Reef also consisted of culvert pipes. Natural
reef areas are reported near both ends of the reef (Pinellas County,
1979) , but were not found by MML divers.
Rube Allyn Artificial Reef contained steel barges, tires,
and culvert pipes. This reef is in water nearly twice as deep
as the other three reefs.
506
-------
METHODS
Scuba divers surveyed the four reefs in May and October,
1980. May dives covered only Rube Allyn Reef. All four reefs
were covered in three days of diving in October, 1980. All reefs
were photographed with a Nikonos II and qualitative collections
of epifauna and flora were taken by the divers in bags, and upon
return to the vessel, were preserved in plastic quart bottles in
5% formalin. Analysis consisted of identification of the preserved
specimens to the lowest practical taxonomic level using standard
references for each group and examination of the photographic slides
taken on site with verification and notes by the divers.
Dives were also made on natural reef areas near Tarpon
springs Artificial Reef and along the regular sampling transects.
Though no biological samples were taken during this portion of the
study, photographs of the areas were compared to the artificial
reef environment.
507
-------
RESULTS
Ten algae, 54 invertebrate and 11 vertebrate taxa were
recorded from photographs and preserved specimens from the four
artificial reef sites. Occurrence of various taxa is presented in
Table 11.1. Lack of any single species at any one site is not
considered significant as the low sampling effort probably accounts
for this. Lack of specimens of a major group, however, may be
significant in describing differences between the reefs. Some of
these groups were very abundant on some reefs but not found on
others. Such differences may parallel real differences in system
structure.
Identifications of specimens were to the lowest practical
taxonomic level. Many species could only be classified to higher
taxa (Phylum, Class, Order, etc.); this was particularly true of the
sponges (Porifera), hydroids (Hydrozoa), and bryozoans (Ectoprocta),
which were identified whenever possible. Problematic specimens were
grouped by gross morphology; these groups could not realistically be
considered as single species due to the large degree of polymorphism
in the sponges, and the high similarity of structure of many species
in the other groups which have been reported from the Gulf of Mexico.
Notable in the results is the lack of most algae at Rube
Allyn Reef. Much of the culvert on the reef was only sparsely
fouled with growth, suggesting that the material examined was only
recently placed on the reef. Even the top of the barge on this reef,
the point of highest relief, lacked the heavy growth of algae seen
at the other reef areas. Instead, the surfaces were generally
covered with low encrusting forms, colonial hydroid colonies, and
gorgonians (whip corals).
508
-------
Table 11.1. Animals found on artificial reefs off Pinellas County,
TS = Tarpon Springs Artificial Reef; DE = Dunedin
Artificial Reef; CW = Clearwater Artificial Reef;
RA = Rube Allyn Artificial Reef. Number 1 represents
animals collected by divers; 2 indicates species
identified from photographic slides.
„!.•, i- ,. ,~ i ^ TS DE CW RA
Chlorophyta (Green algae)
Halimeda discoidea 1 1
Codium sp. 11
Caulerpa peltata 1
C_i sertularioides 1
Rhodophyta (Red algae)
Chondria dasyphylla 112
Sucheuma isiformes 1 1,2
Grinnellia americana 1
Halymenia sp. 1
Phaeophyta (Brown algae)
Padina vickersiae 1
Sargassum filipendula 1 1,2 1,2
Unid. algae 2
Pori fera (Sponges)
Chondrilla sp. 1
Ircinia vamosa 1
Microciona prolifera 1
Verongia sp. 1 1
Unid. spp. 1,2 2 1,2
Coelenerata
Hydrozoa (Hydroids)
Eudendrium sp. 1
Pennaridae 1
Bougainvilliidae 1
Unid. spp. 222
Octocorallia (Sea whips; gorgonians)
Leptogorgia virgulata 1/2 1,2
Lophogorgia cf. puniacea 2 1 1,2
Unid. spp. 2222
Scleractinia (Stony corals)
Siderastrea siderea 1
Cladocora arbuscula 111
Phyllangia americana 1
Manicina areolata 1
Oculina robusta ! 1
Ectoprocta (Bryozoans, moss animals)
Bugula sp. (Brown moss animal) 1
Unid. spp. (Sea mat) 2 !
Annellida
Polychaeta (Bristle worms)
Nereis sp.
Eunice websteri ^
Syllis spongicola -1-
Unid. Sabellidae (Feather duster) 1111
509
-------
Table 11.1. Continued. Animals found on artificial reefs off Pinellas
County, TS = Tarpon Springs Artificial Reef; DE = Dunedin
Artificial Reef; CW = Clearwater Artificial Reef; RA =
Rube Allyn Artificial Reef. Number 1 represents animals
collected by divers; 2 indicates species identified from
photographic slides.
TS DE CW RA
Mollusca
Gastropoda (Snails)
Diastoma varium 1 1
Ocenebra sp. 1
Mitrella lunulata 1 1
Crepidula fornicata (Slipper-shell) 1
Thias haemostoma (Oyster drill) 1
Murex florifer 1
Triphora sp. 1
Aeolidiidae 1
Pelecypoda
Ostrea sp. (Oyster\ 1 1
Petricola lapicida (Boring clam) 1 1
Chama congregata (Jewel box) 1 12
Lithophaga bisulcata (Boring mussel) 1
Area zebra (Turkey wing) 1 11
Crustacea
Cirripedia (Barnacles)
Balanus amphitrite 1 1,2 1,2 2
Amphipoda (Sea Fleas)
Gammarus sp. 1
Cymadusa sp. 1
Aoridae 1
Dexaminidae 1
Caprellidae (Skeleton shrimp) 1
Unid. spp. 1
Tanaidacea
Unid. sp. 1
Decapoda
Periclimenes longicaudatus 1
Hippolyte zostericola (Eel-grass shrimp) 1
Pagurus brevidoctylus (Short-fingered
hermit crab) 1
Pilummus sayi 1
Menippe mercenaria (Stone crab) 2
Pseudomedaeus agassizi 1
Mithrax forceps 1
Pitho Iherminieri 1
Echinodermata
Asteroidea (Sea stars)
Asterias forbesi 2 , 1
Luidia alternata 2 1
Ophiuroidea (Brittle stars)
Ophiothrix angulata 1 1
Echinoidea (Urchins)
Lytechinus variegatus (Short-spined
urchin) 1,2 1,2 2
Arbacia punctulata (Purple sea urchin) 2
510
-------
Table 11.1. continued. Animals found on artificial reefs off
County, TS = Tarpon Springs Artificial Reef; DE - -----
Artificial Reef; CW = Clearwater Artificial Reef; RA -
Rube Allyn Artificial Reef. Number 1 represents animals
collected by divers; 2 indicates species identified from
rVh/^-hrti-rva-Klri r> ell f3f?S .
photographic slides.
Urochordata
Ascidiacea (Tunicates, Sea squirts)
Ecteinascidia turbinata •••
Didemnum sp. J-
Unid. spp. 2
Chorda ta
Chondrichthys
Ginglymostoma cirratum (Nurse shark) 2
Teleostei
Harengula jaguana (Scaled sardine) 2 2
Synodus foetens (Inshore lizard fish) 2
Echeneis naucrates (Shark sucker) 2
Chaetodipteras faber (Spadefish) 2
Myctoperca microlepis (Gag) 2
Lut janus griseus (Grey snapper) 2 2
Haemulon sp. (Grunts) 2
Diplodus holbrooki (Spot- tail pinfish) 2
Balistes capriscus (Gray triggerfish) 2
Unid. fish 2 2
Reptilia
Caretta caretta (Loggerhead turtle) 2
511
-------
No sponges were found on Dunedin Artificial Reef. Several
taxa of sponges were noted on the other reefs; however, some taxa
that were observed on the natural reef were never seen on the
artificial substrates. The absent taxa included several forms
common on natural bottom, including the loggerhead (Speciospongia
vesparia) and vase sponge (Ircinia campana). The absence of
sponges at Dunedin Reef may be due to a combination of factors.
This reef and the Clearwater Artificial Reef were the most turbid
of the reefs on the days they were sampled. The slow recruitment
rate of sponges, combined with the higher turbidity of the area
may explain the absence of sponges in the Dunedin Reef. Clearwater
Reef contains older material than Dunedin, which may explain the
presence of sponges in this reef.
Hydroids were not recorded from Tarpon Springs Artificial
Reef. Unidentified hydroids were common on all other reefs,
including some large, obvious colonial forms.
Gorgonians were also missing in collections from Tarpon
Springs. At the other three reefs, two species were common in the
collections and photographs. Specimens in many photographs were
unidentifiable, but were similar in form to the types collected.
A very different form, probably of the Plexauridae was also common
on natural reef but never seen on the artificial reefs. Another
species was only represented by one specimen photographed on natural
substrate. Its rarity precludes any comments on substrate preference.
Echinoderms were absent at the Dunedin Artificial Reef.
The brittlestar Ophiothrix angulata was associated with sponges at
other sampling sites, and the lack of sponge probably explains its
absence at the Dunedin Reef. Other species may have been missed
due to lack of intensive collection effort.
512
-------
Several other major groups were notably lackong on various
reefs. Decapods were missing from Tarpon Springs Artificial Reef,
tunicates from Dunedin Reef and fishes from Clearwater Reef. Lack
of these groups may also be attributed to a lack of intensive
collection effort.
Relatively low numbers and variety of fishes were noted in
the present study. Smith et al. (1979) provide a good description
of the fish fauna in the area. The present study does add a few
species to the list, but none of these are especially closely
associated with the reef in terms of food or life habits.
A loggerhead turtle, Caretta caretta caretta, was observed
at Rube Allyn Reef in May.
Overall, the species recorded in the present study are
typical of those recorded elsewhere at hard bottom areas in the
Gulf of Mexico. Fouling invertebrates were dominated by barnacles,
sponges, hydroids, soft corals, and mollusks. Algae were very
common on the shallower reefs; the most conspicuous species was
Sargassum filipendulum. A large variety of motile invertebrates
appear to utilize the area for shelter and food supply. A variety
of fishes were recorded in the vicinity of the reefs.
Three types of artificial substrates are present on the
reef sites studies. The most common substrate was concrete pipe
and rubble. Tires were present both as bundles and individually.
A metal barge at Rube Allyn Reef provided the greatest relief (about
6 m) recorded in the area. Tires were generally covered with silt
and a low hydroid growth with some specimens of gorgonians and
Sargassum. The barge at Rube Allyn was covered with barnacles,
bivalve mollusks, hydroids, and encrusting sponge, with the overall
513
-------
pattern again being one of low growth. Concrete seemed the most
diverse substrate. Sponges, barnacles, hydroids, algae and many
motile species such as urchins were common on this substrate.
Natural rock areas were closest to the concrete substrate
in terms of fouling organisms present. Qualitative observations
suggest a greater diversity of species occurring on the natural
substrate, but as no samples were taken, this cannot be completely
verified. Certainly, a larger variety of gorgonians and sponges
exist on the natural substrate. Conversely, barnacles are more
common on artificial substrates.
514
-------
DISCUSSION
Collections and photographic surveys of four artificial
reefs off Pinellas County showed a community not strikingly different
from other hard bottom areas of the shallow shelf (Collard and
D'Asaro, 1973). Some variation was noticed between epifauna of
artificial reefs and nearby natural rock outcrops. The differences
in the types of epifauna are probably due to the relatively young
age of the artificial reefs. Local study of fish populations shows
that artificial reef fish communities approach those of the natural
hard bottoms within a year (H.M. Mathews, In; Hanni and Mathews,
1977). Invertebrate populations seem to take a longer time to approach
natural hard bottom communities. Settlement of the first invertebrate
larvae occurs very soon after the material is placed into position.
True succession (as opposed to seasonal variation) seems to occur
in five years in California (Turner et al., 1969); the time for
succession to occur on Florida reefs is unknown, but the present
study seems to indicate that it may be as long as five years. The
speed with which a community becomes established depends on substrate
type (Pearce and Chess, 1969). These authors report tires to be most
rapidly colonized while many species take longer to become established
on concrete. In the present study, though, concrete supported a
larger faunal biomass once it had aged. Tires appear to support low
growth, while the concrete substrates seem to be covered more with
large as well as small organisms. Steel barges, much the same as
tires, do not seem to support much faunal growth other than hydroids~,
which are fairly fast growing spec ies. -The lack of: large! epifauna on
steel is probably due to corrosion slowly removing the colonized sub-
strate. The reason for the relative lack of epifauna on tires is
unknown, but may be due to chemical inhibition of settling of some
species by leaching of the rubber. On at least four tires, some
growth of Sargassum weed and gorgonians was observed. It is possible
that further colonization will occur as the tires age.
515
-------
Artificial reefs differ from natural reefs in the area by
providing generally higher relief than the limestone substrate
of the natural rocks. Relief on the natural reef areas is pro-
vided by isolated rocks and by large epifauna such as gorgonians
and sponge, especially the loggerhead and vase sponges. Artificial
reefs provide more shelter than natural reefs, where overhangs on
some edges of the reefs provide the only overstory cover. This
type of cover is provided in tires, culvert pipes, and inside wrecks.
This cover is apparently attractive to many reef fishes. Landings
and biomass of food fishes are often reported two or more times
higher from artificial reefs than from natural reefs (Stroud, 1964;
Smith et al., 1979). Since food for the fishes appears as abundant
or more abundant on natural reef areas, it seems that the utility
of artificial reefs as shelter is important in elevating faunal
biomass.
Animals found in the present study are typical of unpolluted
hard bottom areas along the inner West Florida Shelf; they are very
similar to organisms of reef areas between the St. Marks and Ecofina
Rivers, north of the study site, which have experienced little impact
from man's activities (personal observation). Some of the species
reported herein are sensitive to siltation, especially the sponges
and corals. Increased turbidity in the area due to a sewage outfall
nearby would most likely displace these species. Other species,
such as hydroids and barnacles are more tolerant to turbidity and
would be affected only under extreme and unusual conditions where
siltation would actually cover and suffocate the animals.
The algal flora on the artificial reefs are, in general,
fairly tolerant of turbidity, but diminished light could limit or
curtail growth. No estimate of tolerance limits can be made, as
ambient light levels have not been monitored on the reefs, and limits
for most species are not well defined.
516
-------
A more sensitive area to perturbation than the artificial
reefs are the natural rock outcroppings of the area. Their lower
relief and higher numbers of sensitive species, especially sponges,
would increase their vulnerability to turbidity. Smith et al. (1979)
describe an incident of low dissolved oxygen in the near bottom waters
which decimated populations on Clearwater Reef. Video coverage of
Transect 3 shows extensive areas of hard bottom between Stations D and
G (Chapter 2). These areas might be sensitive to turbidity from the proposed
sewage outfall. High profile artificial reefs such as wrecks would be
relatively unaffected by bottom conditions, and attached biota might thus
be protected as would be the fishes inhabiting the area of the wreck.
517
-------
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
1. Four artificial reefs in the waters off northern Pinellas
County were surveyed by divers during this study. Photographs
and qualitative samples of epifauna and flora were taken.
2. The fouling biota are similar to, but not identical to,
those of nearby natural reefs. The artificial substrates seem to be
still undergoing succession toward communities inhabiting natural
reefs.
3. Three substrate types were recorded. Concrete provides
support for attached communities exhibiting the most diversity. Steel
and tires support mostly very tolerant species, with tires seemingly
the least well colonized substrate.
4. Artificial reefs seem to be important in providing shelter
and congregation areas for some fish species. More shelter is avail-
able at the artificial reefs than the natural reefs; this may explain
the reported high catches of fish off the artificial reefs.
5. Natural rock butcroppings have a lower profile than most
artificial reef substrates, which provide attachment area for a vast
variety of organisms. These areas are of great ecological significance
to the study area.
518
-------
LITERATURE CITED
Hanni, Eila A. and Heyward H. Mathews. 1977. Benefit-cost study
of Pinellas County artificial reefs. Fla. Sea Grant
Tech. Pap. No. 1, 44 p.
Pearce, J.B. and J.R. Chess. 1969. Distribution and ecology of
attached marine organisms. Progress in Sport Fishing Research,
Resource Publ. 77, pp. 20-21.
Smith, Gregory B., D.A. Hensley, and H.H. Mathews. Comparative
efficacy of artificial and natural Gulf of Mexico reefs
as fish attracttants. Fla. Dept. Nat. Res. Mar. Res.
Publ. 35, 7 p.
Stroud, R.H. 1964. Reef recommendations. Sport Fishing Institute
Bull. 164:4.
Turner, C.H., E.E. Ebert, and R.R. Given. 1969. Man-made reef
ecology- Calif. Dept. Fish and Game Fish Bull. 146, 221 p.
519
------- |